CAT 6018, 6018 FS Hydraulic Shovel Operation & Maintenance Manual BI015192 - PDF DOWNLOAD

BI015192-(EN-US) 3 847 017.00 en January 2013

Operation and Maintenance Manual 6018, 6018 FS Hydraulic Shovel

No. DHD18181

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS

Hydraulic Shovel 6018, 6018FS

No.

Caterpillar Global Mining HMS GmbH

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS

Published by:

Caterpillar Global Mining HMS GmbH Dept. Technical Publications D-44149 Dortmund, Karl-Funke-Straße 36 Tel. 49 (0) 231 922-4340 Fax 49 (0) 231 922-5005 E-Mail documentation.HEX@cat.com https://mining.cat.com www.bucyrus-hex.de

© Copyright Caterpillar Global Mining Hydraulic Mining Shovels GmbH 2013. The reproduction, distribution and utilization of this manual / file as well as the communication of its content to others without express authorization is prohibited. Offenders will be held liable for the payment of damages. All rights reserved in the event of the grant of a patent, utility model or design.

Printed in Germany

ii

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS

The Operation and Maintenance Manual is in 6 sections; the sections are designed for different target groups: Operating instructions

Target group

Part 1 INTRODUCTION FUNDAMENTAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Operating personnel + Inspection and servicing personnel + Repair personnel

Part 2 OPERATION

Operating personnel The operating personnel must have knowhow relevant to the operation and the application of this or comparable machines.

Part 3 INSPECTION AND SERVICING Part 4 REPAIR WORK

Inspection and servicing personnel The inspection and servicing personnel must have know-how relevant to the inspection and servicing of this or comparable machines.

Repair personnel The repair personnel must have know-how and experience relevant to the repair of this or comparable machines.

Part 5 ANNEX

Part 6 INDEX

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

Operating personnel + Inspection and servicing personnel + Repair personnel Operating personnel + Inspection and servicing personnel + Repair personnel

iii

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS

iv

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Table of contents TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 INTRODUCTION __________________________________________________________________ 1-1 PREFACE _______________________________________________________________________ 1-3 About this Operation and Maintenance Manual _________________________________________ 1-3 Further machine documentation _____________________________________________________ 1-3 WARRANTY______________________________________________________________________ 1-4 FUNDAMENTAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS _____________________________________________ 1-5 Warnings and symbols ____________________________________________________________ 1-5 DESIGNATED USE ________________________________________________________________ 1-6 ORGANIZATIONAL MEASURES _____________________________________________________ 1-7 Selection and qualification of personnel; basic responsibilities______________________________ 1-8 Safety instructions governing specific operational phases _________________________________ 1-8 Special work in conjunction with utilization of the machine and maintenance and repairs as well as troubleshooting during work; disposal of parts and consumables____________________________ 1-9 Warning of special dangers________________________________________________________ 1-10 Gas, dust, steam and smoke_______________________________________________________ 1-11 Hydraulic equipment _____________________________________________________________ 1-11 INTRODUCTION, FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD _____________________________________ 1-12 NOTES_________________________________________________________________________ 1-13 2 OPERATION _____________________________________________________________________ 2-1 OPERATION - SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS _______________________________________________ 2-3 Operating Instructions, where to store it in the driver’s cab ________________________________ 2-4 OPERATION, FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD _________________________________________ 2-5 DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCAVATOR _________________________________________________ 2-6 Excavator layout _________________________________________________________________ 2-7 Undercarriage ___________________________________________________________________ 2-8 Superstructure___________________________________________________________________ 2-8 Drive __________________________________________________________________________ 2-8 Hydraulic system _________________________________________________________________ 2-8 Pump Managing System (PMS) _____________________________________________________ 2-8 Stored Program Control (SPC) ______________________________________________________ 2-8 Central Management System (CMS) _________________________________________________ 2-8 Demand control / Zero-flow regulation ________________________________________________ 2-9 Automatic engine speed reduction ___________________________________________________ 2-9 Board-Control-System (BCS) _______________________________________________________ 2-9 Electrical system _________________________________________________________________ 2-9 Signs and labels ________________________________________________________________ 2-10 Entering and leaving the machine, Safety instructions ___________________________________ 2-17 Access ladder lighting ____________________________________________________________ 2-17 Swinging ladder_________________________________________________________________ 2-18 Switching the cab interior lighting on and off___________________________________________ 2-19 Switching the servicing lighting on and off ____________________________________________ 2-20 EMERGENCY STOP switch _______________________________________________________ 2-21 Driver’s seat ___________________________________________________________________ 2-22 BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

v

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Table of contents Trainer's / instructor's seat ________________________________________________________ 2-24 Windscreen washer______________________________________________________________ 2-24 Fire extinguisher ________________________________________________________________ 2-25 Automatic fire-extinguishing system (optional) _________________________________________ 2-26 Harness (optional) _______________________________________________________________ 2-27 MONITORING, WARNING AND CONTROL ELEMENTS __________________________________ 2-30 PUTTING THE MACHINE INTO OPERATION __________________________________________ 2-62 Refuelling _____________________________________________________________________ 2-62 Service station (tanklift) ___________________________________________________________ 2-63 Switching the electrical system on and off ____________________________________________ 2-69 Preheating system for engine and hydraulic oil (optional)_________________________________ 2-70 Fuel preheating system (optional) ___________________________________________________ 2-71 STARTING AND STOPPING THE ENGINES ___________________________________________ 2-72 Starting the engines _____________________________________________________________ 2-72 Starting the engines at low temperatures _____________________________________________ 2-73 AIR CONDITIONER (OPTION) ______________________________________________________ 2-75 Back-up heating (option) __________________________________________________________ 2-76 MAXIMUM MACHINE INCLINATIONS, INFORMATION ___________________________________ 2-78 DRIVING, SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS _________________________________________________ 2-79 TRAVELLING____________________________________________________________________ 2-80 Superstructure basic position ______________________________________________________ 2-80 Travelling forwards/backwards _____________________________________________________ 2-80 Locking the superstructure ________________________________________________________ 2-84 Track parking brake _____________________________________________________________ 2-84 TRANSPORTING THE MACHINE____________________________________________________ 2-85 Transport - Safety instructions _____________________________________________________ 2-85 WORKING OPERATION - SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS ____________________________________ 2-86 Running-in instructions for hydraulic cylinders _________________________________________ 2-86 Warming-up phase for the hydraulic system ___________________________________________ 2-86 Avoid extreme positions of the working equipment ______________________________________ 2-87 WORKING OPERATION ___________________________________________________________ 2-88 Before starting work _____________________________________________________________ 2-88 Switching on the electronic excavator control __________________________________________ 2-88 Swinging the superstructure _______________________________________________________ 2-89 Braking the superstructure ________________________________________________________ 2-89 Working movements _____________________________________________________________ 2-90 After daily operation _____________________________________________________________ 2-91 ASSEMBLING WORKING EQUIPMENT - SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS ________________________ 2-92 Securing the machine ____________________________________________________________ 2-94

vi

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Table of contents CORROSION PROTECTION FOR PINS AND BEARINGS (BUSHINGS AND HUBS)____________ 2-95 NOTES_________________________________________________________________________ 2-97 3 INSPECTION AND SERVICING ______________________________________________________ 3-1 INSPECTION AND SERVICING - SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS________________________________ 3-3 INSPECTION AND SERVICING WORK, FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD ____________________ 3-9 INSPECTION AND SERVICING PLANS - INSTRUCTIONS ________________________________ 3-11 Plan V ________________________________________________________________________ 3-13 Plan N ________________________________________________________________________ 3-15 Plan T and W___________________________________________________________________ 3-17 Plan A – E _____________________________________________________________________ 3-19 LUBRICATING CHART – GREASE___________________________________________________ 3-26 Lubricating chart – Grease (legend) _________________________________________________ 3-27 Filling quantities - Grease _________________________________________________________ 3-27 INSPECTION PLAN - OIL __________________________________________________________ 3-28 Inspection plan – Oil (legend) ______________________________________________________ 3-29 Filling quantities - oil _____________________________________________________________ 3-30 Filling quantities - other ___________________________________________________________ 3-30 LUBRICANTS, CONSUMABLES_____________________________________________________ 3-31 Notes on the selection of oils and greases ____________________________________________ 3-31 Avoid mixing of different hydraulic fluids ______________________________________________ 3-31 I. Oils for combustion engines ____________________________________________________ 3-32 II. Fluid for hydraulic system ____________________________________________________ 3-33 III.a Oils for pump distribution gearboxes and travel gearboxes_________________________ 3-34 III.b Oils for swing gearboxes ___________________________________________________ 3-35 V. Grease for bearings, swing rings and track system (Central lubrication system) __________ 3-36 Greases for idlers, track rollers and support rollers (Lifetime lubrication) _____________________ 3-37 Coolant for use on all combustion engines ____________________________________________ 3-38 SERVICING WORK _______________________________________________________________ 3-39 Hose line for oil and cooling liquid changes ___________________________________________ 3-39 ENGINE ________________________________________________________________________ 3-40 Engine - Safety instructions________________________________________________________ 3-40 Checking the engine oil level / Topping up ____________________________________________ 3-41 Changing the engine oil___________________________________________________________ 3-42 Replacing the oil filters ___________________________________________________________ 3-44 Cold-starting fluid (ether) - Replacing the pressure vessel ________________________________ 3-45 COOLING SYSTEM_______________________________________________________________ 3-46 Radiators ______________________________________________________________________ 3-46 Cooling liquid change ____________________________________________________________ 3-48 AIR-INTAKE SYSTEM _____________________________________________________________ 3-49 Dust trap, cleaning ______________________________________________________________ 3-49 Main filter elements ______________________________________________________________ 3-50 Safety filter element______________________________________________________________ 3-52 Air-intake lines__________________________________________________________________ 3-52

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

vii

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Table of contents FUEL SYSTEM __________________________________________________________________ 3-53 Fuel system - Safety instructions ___________________________________________________ 3-53 Replacing the fuel filter ___________________________________________________________ 3-53 Venting the fuel system ___________________________________________________________ 3-54 Cleaning the fuel tanks ___________________________________________________________ 3-54 Water trap (option) ______________________________________________________________ 3-56 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM ____________________________________________________________ 3-58 Electrical system - Safety instructions________________________________________________ 3-58 Alternator - Instructions ___________________________________________________________ 3-58 Battery ________________________________________________________________________ 3-59 Switchgear cabinet, filter element ___________________________________________________ 3-61 Floodlight projector, replacing the lamp ______________________________________________ 3-63 Lighting systems in LED technonogy, instructions ______________________________________ 3-65 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM_____________________________________________________________ 3-66 Hydraulic system - Safety instructions _______________________________________________ 3-66 Depressurizing the hydraulic system_________________________________________________ 3-66 Checking the hydraulic oil level _____________________________________________________ 3-67 Changing the hydraulic oil return-flow (hydraulic oil reservoir) _____________________________ 3-69 Bypass valves (hydraulic oil reservoir) _______________________________________________ 3-71 Breather filter___________________________________________________________________ 3-72 High-pressure filter for working hydraulics ____________________________________________ 3-73 High-pressure filters for the servo circuit______________________________________________ 3-74 Filter (control circuit) _____________________________________________________________ 3-75 Changing the hydraulic oil _________________________________________________________ 3-76 Venting the hydraulic system ______________________________________________________ 3-79 Cleaning the hydraulic oil cooler ____________________________________________________ 3-80 Electronic excavator control _______________________________________________________ 3-81 Pressure accumulator - Emergency lowering __________________________________________ 3-82 PUMP GEARBOX ________________________________________________________________ 3-83 Checking the gearbox oil level / Topping up with oil _____________________________________ 3-83 Changing the gearbox oil _________________________________________________________ 3-83 Gearbox venting ________________________________________________________________ 3-85 SWING GEARBOX _______________________________________________________________ 3-86 Gearbox - Checking the oil level / Topping up with oil ___________________________________ 3-86 Changing the gearbox oil _________________________________________________________ 3-86 Gearbox venting ________________________________________________________________ 3-87 TRAVEL GEARBOX ______________________________________________________________ 3-88 Travel gearbox - Checking the oil level / Topping up with oil ______________________________ 3-88 Travel gearbox - Changing oil ______________________________________________________ 3-89 Travel gearbox, breather filter ______________________________________________________ 3-89 CRAWLER TRACKS ______________________________________________________________ 3-90 Track roller, Support roller_________________________________________________________ 3-91 Track tensioner _________________________________________________________________ 3-92 Pressure-accumulator inspection regulations __________________________________________ 3-93 Checking the gas charging pressure in the pressure accumulator __________________________ 3-93 SWING RING ____________________________________________________________________ 3-94 Swing ring - Instructions __________________________________________________________ 3-94

viii

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Table of contents Bearing races __________________________________________________________________ 3-94 CENTRAL LUBRICATING SYSTEM, STANDARD _______________________________________ 3-96 Design ________________________________________________________________________ 3-96 Function ______________________________________________________________________ 3-97 Replacing the grease container_____________________________________________________ 3-98 Filling up the grease container _____________________________________________________ 3-98 Checking the greasing pressure ____________________________________________________ 3-99 Unblocking a grease line __________________________________________________________ 3-99 Oilfilter (hydraulic circuit grease pump) )_____________________________________________ 3-100 Grease filter (Filling the grease container) ___________________________________________ 3-101 Grease filter (Grease lines) _______________________________________________________ 3-102 OTHER MAINTENANCE __________________________________________________________ 3-103 Engine _______________________________________________________________________ 3-103 Heating and air conditioning ______________________________________________________ 3-103 HYDRAULIC LADDER____________________________________________________________ 3-104 Pressure-accumulator inspection regulations _________________________________________ 3-105 PUTTING THE EXCAVATOR OUT OF OPERATION AND RECOMMISSIONING ______________ 3-106 Putting the excavator out of operation_______________________________________________ 3-106 Battery storage ________________________________________________________________ 3-106 Recommissioning ______________________________________________________________ 3-106 NOTES________________________________________________________________________ 3-107 4 REPAIR WORK ___________________________________________________________________ 4-1 REPAIR WORK - SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS_____________________________________________ 4-3 REPAIR WORK, FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD _______________________________________ 4-5 ENGINE, REPAIR WORK ___________________________________________________________ 4-6 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM _____________________________________________________________ 4-7 Assisted starting (with jumper cables) – Safety instructions ________________________________ 4-7 Assisted starting (with jumper cables)_________________________________________________ 4-7 Starting the engine with jumper cables (external batteries _________________________________ 4-7 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM______________________________________________________________ 4-9 Repair instructions _______________________________________________________________ 4-9 Hydraulic hoses – Instructions ______________________________________________________ 4-9 PRESSURE ACCUMULATORS - SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS _______________________________ 4-10 WELDING AND FLAME CUTTING WORKS - SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS _____________________ 4-11 DISPOSAL AT THE END OF THE SERVICE LIFE _______________________________________ 4-14 Appropriate disposal of batteries____________________________________________________ 4-15 NOTES_________________________________________________________________________ 4-17 5 ANNEX__________________________________________________________________________ 5-1 TROUBLESHOOTING ______________________________________________________________ 5-3 Instructions on troubleshooting ______________________________________________________ 5-3 Layout of the fault table ____________________________________________________________ 5-3

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

ix

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Table of contents FAULT TABLES ___________________________________________________________________ 5-4 Combustion engine - Fault table _____________________________________________________ 5-4 Working hydraulics – Fault table _____________________________________________________ 5-5 Track drive – Fault table ___________________________________________________________ 5-6 Swing mechnism – Fault table ______________________________________________________ 5-7 Central lubricating system – Fault table _______________________________________________ 5-8 HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM _____________________________________________________ 5-9 ABBREVIATIONS ________________________________________________________________ 5-10 ABBREVIATIONS _______________________________________________________________ 5-11 TECHNICAL DATA _______________________________________________________________ 5-13 NOTES_________________________________________________________________________ 5-15 6 INDEX __________________________________________________________________________ 6-1

x

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Introduction 1 INTRODUCTION Operating instructions

Target group

Part 1 INTRODUCTION FUNDAMENTAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Operating personnel + Inspection and servicing personnel + Repair personnel

Part 2 OPERATION

Operating personnel The operating personnel must have knowhow relevant to the operation and the application of this or comparable machines.

Part 3 INSPECTION AND SERVICING Part 4 REPAIR WORK

Inspection and servicing personnel The inspection and servicing personnel must have know-how relevant to the inspection and servicing of this or comparable machines.

Repair personnel The repair personnel must have know-how and experience relevant to the repair of this or comparable machines.

Part 5 ANNEX

Part 6 INDEX

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

Operating personnel + Inspection and servicing personnel + Repair personnel Operating personnel + Inspection and servicing personnel + Repair personnel

1-1

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Introduction

1-2

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Introduction PREFACE About this Operation and Maintenance Manual

All CGM HMS GmbH Operation and Maintenance Manuals are issued in German and then translated. Even a good translation may give rise to questions which CGM HMS GmbH will be pleased to answer.

These Operation and Maintenance Manual are designed to familiarize the operator with the machine and its designated use.

The Operation and Maintenance Manual contain important information on how to operate the machine safely, properly and with maximum efficiency. Observing these instructions helps to prevent hazardous situations, to reduce repair costs and downtimes and to increase the reliability and service life of the machine.

The Operation and Maintenance Manual must be supplemented by the respective national rules and regulations for accident prevention and environmental protection.

The Operation and Maintenance Manual must always be available in the driver's cab of the machine.

The Operation and Maintenance Manual must be read and put into practice by any person in charge of carrying out work with or on the machine, such as  operation, including setting-up, troubleshooting in the course of work, care, evacuation of production waste and disposal of fuels and consumables,  maintenance (inspection, servicing, repair) and / or  transport.

In addition to the Operation and Maintenance Manual and the mandatory rules and regulations for accident prevention and environmental protection in the user's country and at the place where the machine is to be used, the generally recognized technical rules for safe and proper working must 1 be observed The Operation and Maintenance Manual are directed to the mining-machine specialist. They cannot provide basic know-how. This can be acquired, for example, in several days' instruction by a qualified CGM HMS GmbH (Caterpillar Global Mining Hydraulic Mining Shovels GmbH) mechanic or by attending an CGM HMS GmbH training course for operators or maintenance personnel.

The CGM HMS GmbH after-sales service will be pleased to deal with any queries you may have after reading through the Operation and Maintenance Manual.

The Operation and Maintenance Manual are not work instructions for carrying out major repairs.

Such work is willingly done for you by the CGM HMS GmbH after-sales service.

Further machine documentation The documentation relating to the machine is listed according to scope, quantity and language in the shipping note of the machine or in the covering letter if supplied separately. The Operation and Maintenance Manual, the spare-parts list and the Technical Handbooks are marked with the serial number of the machine.

The documentation supplied with your machine is rather comprehensive. Therefore, it has been split up in several volumes: Volume 1: the present Operation and Maintenance Manual, Volume 2:

spare-parts list of the machine,

Volume 3:

crossreference list of spare-parts,

Volume 4:

electrical circuit diagram and key,

Volume 5:

documentation of the engine and of other components,

Volume 6:

Technical Handbook Part 1

Volume 7:

Technical Handbook Part 2

Depending on the size of your machine, the documentation can also consist of more volumes.

If you cannot find the information you are looking for in the present Operation and Maintenance Manual please check also the other volumes of the documentation.

The Technical Handbook Part 1 also provides information on how to assemble the machine, on functions of the hydraulic system, on hydraulic circuit diagrams etc.

On taking receipt of the consignment, please check that the documentation is complete and in the language requested by you.

1

Complies with VDMA recommendation "Operation and Maintenance Manual"

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

1-3

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Introduction WARRANTY The warranty of CGM HMS GmbH presupposes among other things that the servicing works as described in the Operation and Maintenance Manual have been performed: 

Do not operate the machine 

when components / assemblies are defective or missing,



if one or several of such components of which more than one are installed in the machine have been removed.

by the CGM HMS GmbH Service

or 

in a workshop authorized in writing by CGM HMS GmbH,

and 

by using the original spare parts of CGM HMS GmbH.

The proper execution of the servicing works must be documented on the CGM HMS GmbH Service checklists.

In cases of doubt seek advice from the CGM HMS GmbH Service.

CGM HMS GmbH refuses to assume the guarantee for damage and consequential damage caused by an abusive utilization of the machine.

Therefore: Do not operate the machine, 

when several track rollers or support rollers have been removed;



when one or several swing gearboxes have failed or been removed;



when one or several teeth on the backhoe or on the shovel are worn or missing;



when parts of the hardfacing layer on the backhoe or on the shovel are worn or missing.

Working under these circumstances results in heavy wear and possibly in severe damage and thus in high repair costs.

Such circumstances are considered by CGM HMS GmbH as "abusive utilization".

Why? The machines have been designed and built on the basis of detailed calculations and so that all of the components installed absorb the occurring forces and are thus loaded to an equal extent.

Example: If the machine is used for working with, for instance, one or even several track rollers removed, the forces must be absorbed by the remaining track rollers. These are then overloaded or loaded to a greater extent than calculated.

The consequences are higher wear and consequential damage to the track rollers, but also to other components of the machine: chassis, travel gearbox and crawler track.

1-4

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Introduction FUNDAMENTAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS Complies with VDMA recommendation "Operating Instructions"

Warnings and symbols The following signs are used in the operating instructions to designate instructions of particular importance: Precautionary rules and measures designed to protect the machine operator and other persons from lifethreatening danger or injuries and to prevent extensive damage.

Information and precautionary measures designed to prevent damage to the machine or other property.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

1-5

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Introduction DESIGNATED USE The machine has been built in accordance with state-of-art standards and the recognized safety rules. Nevertheless, its use may constitute a risk to life and limb for the user or third parties or cause damage to the machine and to other material property (acceptable risk) An acceptable risk is present, e.g.: loose material or material to be loaded may drop out of the bucket or backhoe while the working equipment is being swivelled.

The machine must be used only in technically perfect condition in accordance with its designated use and the instructions set out in the Operation and Maintenance Manual, and only by safetyconscious persons who are fully aware of the risks involved in operating the machine. Any functional disorders, especially those affecting the safety of the machine, should therefore be rectified immediately.

With attached shovel equipment, the machine is to be used solely for loosening and loading of:

Using the hydraulic shovel or its attachments for purposes other than or extending beyond those stated above, e.g.:  for lifting or transporting persons, 

as a working platform,



for lifting crane loads without the equipment being approved for this purpose,



for driving in posts, sheetpiles supports, etc. without the equipment being approved for this purpose,



for moving material to the side (sweeping),



for breaking down rocks by beating with the shovel or the backhoe,



for fitting or reparing of other machines

 sand, oil sand,  gravel,

is contrary to its designated use and considered as "unauthorized use".

 blasted rock,  ore,

Lifting eyes on the lower carriage

 coal,

-

are settled for transporting with a crane only.

and other raw materials.

-

must not be used for towing a machine.

With attached backhoe equipment, the machine can additionally also be used for excavating and loading of excavatable soils and other raw materials.

Operating the machine within the limits of the desigated use also involves observing the instructions set out in the Operation and Maintenance Manual and complying with the inspection and maintenance directives.

Improper use may involve a life-threatening risk for operators or other personnel or may cause injury or extensive damage.

The manufacturer/supplier cannot be held liable for any damage resulting from other than the designated use. The risk involved in such misuse lies with the user.

Noise emission specifications in acc. with the 3rd Ordinance of the Machine Safety Act of 18th January 1991 resp. with EC Machine Directive, Annex I, para. 1.7.4 f.

If the earth-moving machine is operated in accordance with the designated use, the installation of driver´s seats complying with ISO 7096 ensures that the considered vibration accelerations azw (measured as per ISO 2631, Part 1) fulfill the requirements of protecting the driver against wholebody vibration according to 2002/44/EG.

1-6

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Introduction ORGANIZATIONAL MEASURES The operating instructions must always be at hand at the place of use of the machine, e.g. by stowing them in the place provided for such purpose.

In addition to the operating instructions, observe and instruct the user in all other generally applicable legal and other mandatory regulations relevant to accident prevention and environmental protection.

These compulsory regulations may also deal with the handling of hazardous substances, issuing and/or wearing of personal protective equipment or traffic regulations.

The operating instructions must be supplemented by instructions covering the duties involved in supervising and notifying special organizational features, such as job organization, working sequences or the personnel entrusted with the work.

Personnel entrusted with work on the machine must have read the operating instructions and in particular the chapter on safety before beginning work. Reading the operating instructions after work has begun is too late. This applies especially to persons working only occasionally on the machine, e.g. during setting up or maintenance.

Check - at least from time to time - whether the personnel is carrying out the work in compliance with the operating instructions and paying attention to risks and safety factors.

For reasons of security, long hair must be tied back or otherwise secured, garments must be close-fitting and no jewellery, such as rings, may be worn. Injury may result from being caught up in the machinery or from rings catching on moving parts.

Use protective equipment wherever required by the circumstances or by law.

Personal protective equipment and the working clothing Depending on the cleaning, servicing and/or repair activities to be performed, the personal protective equipment and the working clothing may consist of the following items: 

fall arresters



protective suit



helmet



goggles - e. g. for cleaning work - or for welding work



protective gloves - e.g. for work on hot units - for grinding and welding work



protective working gloves - e.g. for fitting work - for grinding and welding work



ear protectors

Observe all safety instructions and warnings attached to the machine.

See to it that safety instructions and warnings attached to the machine are always complete and perfectly legible.

In the event of safety-relevant modifications or changes in the behaviour of the machine during operation, stop the machine immediately and report the malfunction to the competent authority/person.

Never make any modifications, additions or conversions which might affect safety without the supplier's approval. This also applies to the installation and adjustment of safety devices and valves as well as to welding work on load-bearing elements.

Use only the original sparts parts of CGM HMS. They are the only ones to fulfill the technical specifications of the machine.

Replace hydraulic hoses within stipulated and appropriate intervals, even if no safety-relevant defects have been detected.

Adhere to prescribed intervals or those specified in the operating instructions for routine checks and inspections.

For the execution of maintenance work, tools and workshop equipment adapted to the task on hand are absolutely indispensable.

The personnel must be familiar with the location and operation of fire extinguishers.

Observe all fire-warning and fire-fighting procedures.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

1-7

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Introduction Selection and qualification of personnel; basic responsibilities

Safety instructions governing specific operational phases

Any work on and with the machine must be executed by reliable personnel only. Statutory minimum age limits must be observed.

Standard operation

Employ only trained or instructed staff and set out clearly the individual responsibilities of the personnel for operation, set-up, maintenance and repair.

Make sure that only authorized personnel works on or with the machine.

Define the machine operator's responsibilities giving the operator the authority to refuse instructions by third parties that are contrary to safety.

Do not allow persons to be trained or instructed or persons taking part in a general training course to work on or with the machine without being permanently supervised by an experienced person.

Work on the electrical system and equipment of the machine must be carried out only by a skilled electrician or by instructed persons under the supervision and guidance of a skilled electrician and in accordance with electrical engineering rules and regulations.

Work on chassis and brake systems must be performed by skilled personnel only, which has been specially trained for such work.

Work on hydraulic systems must be carried out only by personnel with special knowledge and experience of hydraulic equipment.

Avoid any operational mode that might be prejudicial to safety.

Before beginning work, familiarize yourself with the surroundings and circumstances of the site, such as obstacles in the working area and the bearing capacity of the soil.

Take the necessary precautions to ensure that the machine is in a safe and reliable state.

Operate the machine only if all protective and safety-oriented devices, such as removable safety devices, emergency shut-off equipment, soundproofing elements and exhausters, are in place and fully functional.

Check the machine at least once per working shift for obvious damage and defects. Report any changes (incl. changes in the machine's working behaviour) to the competent organization/person immediately. If necessary, stop the machine immediately and lock it.

In the event of malfunction, stop the machine immediately and lock it. Have any defects rectified immediately.

Start the machine from the driver's seat only.

During start-up and shut-down procedures always watch the indicators in accordance with the operating instructions.

Before setting the machine in motion, make sure that nobody is at risk.

Before starting work or travelling with the machine, check that braking, signalling and lighting systems are fully functional.

Before setting the machine in motion always check that the accessories have been safely stowed away.

In conditions of poor visibility and after dark always switch on the lighting system.

Persons accopanying the driver must be seated on the passenger seat provided for this purpose.

1-8

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Introduction

When crossing underpasses and bridges or when passing under overhead lines always make sure that there is sufficient clearance.

Always keep a distance from the working face and from slopes.

Avoid any operation that might be a risk to machine stability.

Never travel across slopes; always keep the working equipment and the load close to the ground, especially when travelling downhill.

On sloping terrain always adapt your travelling speed to the prevailing ground conditions.

Before leaving the driver's seat always secure the machine against inadvertent movement and unauthorized use. Shut off the engines.

Special work in conjunction with utilization of the machine and maintenance and repairs as well as troubleshooting during work; disposal of parts and consumables Observe the adjusting, maintenance and inspection activities and intervals set out in the operating instructions, including information on the replacement of parts and equipment. These activities may be executed by skilled personnel only.

Brief operating personnel before beginning special operations and maintenance work, and appoint a person to supervise the activities.

In any work concerning the operation, conversion or adjustment of the machine and its safetyoriented devices or any work related to maintenance, inspection and repair, always observe the start-up and shut-down procedures set out in the operating instructions and the information on maintenance work.

Ensure that the maintenance area is adequately secured.

If the machine is completely shut down for maintenance and repair work, it must be secured against inadvertent starting by:  removing the ignition key and  attaching a warning sign.

Carry out maintenance and repair work only if the machine is positioned on stable and level ground and has been secured against inadvertent movements.

To avoid the risk of accidents, individual parts and large assemblies being moved for replacement purposes should be carefully attached to lifting tackle and secured. Use only suitable and technically perfect lifting gear and suspension systems with adequate lifting capacity. Never work or stand under suspended loads.

The fastening of loads and the instructing of crane operators should be entrusted to experienced persons only. The marshaller giving the instructions must be within sight or sound of the operator.

For carrying out overhead assembly work always use specially designed or otherwise safetyoriented ladders and working platforms. Never use machine parts as a climbing aid Wear a safety harness when carrying out maintenance work at heights above 1 m.

Wear an approved harness equipped with fall arresters and safety lines.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

1-9

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Introduction Keep all handles, steps, handrails, platforms, landings and ladders free from dirt, snow and ice.

Clean the machine, especially connections and threaded unions, of any traces of oil, fuel or preservatives before carrying out maintenance/repair.

Never use aggressive detergents. Use lint-free cleaning rags.

Before cleaning the machine with water, steam jet (high-pressure cleaning) or detergents, cover or tape up all openings which - for safety and functional reasons - must be protected against water, steam or detergent penetration. Special care must be taken with electric motors and switch-gear cabinets.

Ensure during cleaning of the machine that the temperature sensors of the fire-warning and firefighting systems do not come into contact with hot cleaning agents as this might activate the firefighting system.

After cleaning remove all covers and tapes applied for that purpose.

After cleaning, examine all fuel, lubricant, brake and hydraulic fluid lines for leaks, loose connections, chafe marks and damage. Any defect found must be rectified without delay.

Always tighten any screwed connections that have been loosened during maintenance and repair.

Warning of special dangers Electric energy Use only original fuses with the specified current rating. Switch off the machine immediately if trouble occurs in the electrical system.

When working with the machine, maintain a safe distance from overhead electric lines. If work is to be carried out close to overhead lines, the working equipment must be kept well away from them.

Caution, danger! Check out the prescribed safety distances.

If your machine comes into contact with a live wire  do not leave the machine  drive the machine out of the hazard zone; warn others against approaching and touching the machine  have the live wire de-energized  do not leave the machine until the damaged or contacted line has been safely de-energized.

The electrical equipment of machines is to be inspected and checked at regular intervals. Defects such as loose connections or scorched cables must be rectified immediately.

Any safety devices removed for set-up, maintenance or repair purposes must be refitted and checked immediately upon completion of maintenance and repair work.

High-voltage system

Ensure that all consumables and replaced parts are disposed of safely and with minimum environmental impact.

The high voltage is generated by a ballast unit.

Switch off the electrical system of the excavator before touching the lamp or the ballast unit.

Floodlamps equipped with gaz discharge lamps require a high-voltage supply (ca. 25 kV).

Battery Warning! Battery Posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to cause cancer and reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling.

1-10

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Introduction Gas, dust, steam and smoke

Noise

Always start and operate the engine in a wellvented area;

During operation, all sound baffles of the machine must be closed.

If in an enclosed area, vent the exhaust to the outside;

Always wear the prescribed ear protectors.

Do not modify or tamper with the exhaust system

Oil, grease and other chemical substances

Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to cause cancer, birth defects, and other reproductive harm

When handling oil, grease or other chemical substances, observe the product-related safety regulations (see safety specifications).

Operate fuel-operated heating systems only on adequately ventilated premises. Before starting the machine on enclosed premises, make sure that there is sufficient ventilation.

Be careful when handling hot consumables (risk of burning or scalding).

Observe the regulations in force at the respective site.

Carry out welding, flame-cutting and grinding work on the machine only if this has been expressly authorized, as there may be a risk of explosion and fire.

Before carrying out welding, flame-cutting and grinding operations, clean the machine and its surroundings from dust and other inflammable substances and make sure that the premises are adequately ventilated (risk of explosion).

CALIFORNIA Proposition 65 Warning Diesel fuel and Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, and other reproductive harm.

Hydraulic equipment Check all lines, hoses and screwed connections regularly for leaks and obvious damage. Repair damage immediately. Splashed oil may cause injury and fire.

Depressurize all system sections and pressure pipes (hydraulic system) to be removed in accordance with the specific instructions for the unit concerned before carrying out any repair work.

Hydraulic lines must be laid and fitted properly.

Ensure that no connections are interchanged. The fittings, lengths and quality of the hoses must comply with the technical requirements.

Ether The machine can be equipped with pressure vessels for cold-starting fluid (ether) installed in the engine compartment. Ether is toxic and highly flammable; the vessels are under pressure. These pressure vessels can explode if exposed to high temperatures (above 49°C / 120°F) or in the event of damage. Protect the vessels against damage and high temperatures.

Do not store pressure vessels with cold-starting fluid (ether) on the excavator.

Do not eat, drink or smoke when replacing pressure vessels with cold-starting fluid (ether). Observe the instructions on the pressure vessels.

Provide for sufficient ventilation (see also Part 3 "Inspection and servicing").

Do not open empty cold-starting fluid pressure vessels (ether). Have the vessels disposed of properly.

For further details please refer to the instructions and safety data-sheets of the manufacturer / supplier of pressure vessels with cold starting fluid (ether).

Transporting and recommissioning The machine must be loaded and transported only in accordance with the operating instructions.

Use only appropriate means of transport and lifting gear of adequate capacity.

The recommisioning procedure must be strictly in accordance with the operating instructions.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

1-11

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Introduction INTRODUCTION, FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD Safety instructions Prior to commencing work, obtain informationon the national and corporate rules for the prevention of accidents and avoiding fires.

Pay particular attention to hazards caused by combustible and easily flammable substances.

Obtain information on the safe handling of the fire extinguishers to be used.

Place suitable fire guardings (fire barriers) if open fire or flying sparks cannot be avoided during repair work.

Apply special protection to cables, cable ducts as well as to hose and pipe lines.

If necessary, also cover the ground with fireprotective blankets.

The engine compartment can be equipped with pressure vessels containing cold-starting fluid (ether). Ether is toxic and highly flammable; the vessels are under pressure. These pressure vessels can explode if exposed to high temperatures (above 49°C / 120°F) or in the event of damage.

Protect the pressure vessels against damage before beginning to work in or close to the engine compartment.

Ensure sufficient ventilation.

Avoid smoking and open fire on, next to and below the excavator.

Combustible and easily flammable substances or liquids increase the fire and explosion hazard.

Do not store or transport flammable substances on the excavator during the work. This is also valid for pressure vessels containing flammable substances as, for instance, spray oil or cold-starting fluid (ether). They are heat-sensitive and can explode even if exposed only to intensive sunlight.

Clean the excavator carefully, if oil, grease, fuel, detergents or cold-starting fluid have been spilt over the machine. If possible, use a steam-jet cleaner for cleaning.

These substance can also ignite themselves if they come close to hot units or objects as, for instance, a turbocharger.

Even battery gases can ignite in open flames or fire.

Clean the excavator before starting a job.

Do not keep any fire extinguishers that are not suitable or have not been tested.

Do not extinguish flammable liquids with water.

Use:  dry-powder, 

carbon-dioxide or



foam extinguishing compounds.

When getting into contact with burning substances, the fire-fighting water would abruptly evaporate and distribute the substance such as oil over a wide area. Water causes short-circuits in the electrical system thus possibly entailing new hazards.

Call the fire brigade.

Have all your welding, flame cutting and grinding work approved.

Avoid parking the excavator in places where  combustible substances such as coal dust or tar are present. 

open or smouldering fire may occur.

Remove the excavator from such an area where combustible or easily flammable liquids have spilled from the excavator onto the ground.

Flying sparks (caused by welding, flame cutting, grinding, electrical short-circuit) may cause fire on the ground that can spread to the excavator.

1-12

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Introduction NOTES ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

1-13

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Introduction

1-14

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation 2 OPERATION Operating instructions

Target group

Part 1 INTRODUCTION FUNDAMENTAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Operating personnel + Inspection and servicing personnel + Repair personnel

Part 2 OPERATION

Operating personnel The operating personnel must have knowhow relevant to the operation and the application of this or comparable machines.

Part 3 INSPECTION AND SERVICING Part 4 REPAIR WORK

Inspection and servicing personnel The inspection and servicing personnel must have know-how relevant to the inspection and servicing of this or comparable machines.

Repair personnel The repair personnel must have know-how and experience relevant to the repair of this or comparable machines.

Part 5 ANNEX

Part 6 INDEX

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

Operating personnel + Inspection and servicing personnel + Repair personnel Operating personnel + Inspection and servicing personnel + Repair personnel

2-1

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation

2-2

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation OPERATION - SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS Operating instructions Never operate the machine before having read and understood the operating instructions.

Pay special attention to: the "Fundamental Safety Instructions" and to all warning and instruction signs attached to the machine.

Familiarize yourself with the layout, the functioning and the sense of actuation of the control elements prior to starting up the machine.

Activate the control elements from the driver's seat only.

Safety belt For machines with a safety belt for operating personnel: Check the safety belt attached to the driver's seat.

In the event of damage or after an accident, have it replaced immediately.

Apply the safety belt before starting work.

State of the machine Operate the machine only in a safe state and only in accordance with its designated use. Always observe the safety instructions.

Always have inspection and maintenance work carried out on schedule.

Operate the machine only with the equipment and component combinations approved by CGM HMS. Clear-cut data are given in the technical specification.

Keep the operating instructions with the machine at all times.

Never install and commission other equipment and component combinations without CGM HMS having first inspected and approved the project.

Operating personnel

Before starting work or travelling with the machine, check that the braking, signalling and lighting systems are fully functional.

The operating personnel must be fully informed of the operation and application of this or comparable machines.

The necessary know-how can be acquired in several days' instruction, e.g. by an CGM HMS mechanic or by attending an CGM HMS operator's training course.

Personal protective gear and working clothing Wear a safety helmet and working footwear with non-slip soles. Smooth soles may slip from steps and pedals resulting in injury or incorrect operation.

Wear closely fitting working clothing when operating the machine. Loose, wide garments may result in control levers being inadvertently activated

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

Poor visibility may result in accidents. Always clean the windows and the glass covers of all lamps before starting the machine.

Check that all warning and instruction signs attached to the machine are present and legible.

Entering and leaving the machine Always face the machine when entering or leaving it.

Always maintain a three point contact with the steps and the grab handles.

Use only the ladders, steps, platforms and grab handles provided when entering and leaving the machine.

Always keep ladders, steps and platforms in a non-slip, safe state and remove any oil, grease, soil, snow, ice and other foreign matter immediately.

2-3

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation

Hazard range The hazard range is that zone around the machine in which persons are within reach of loads or attachments falling as a result of operational movements by the machine, of its equipment and attachments or of swinging loads.

Operating Instructions, where to store it in the driver’s cab One copy of the Operating Instructions for the machine must be available in the driver’s cab during operation.

The binder with the Operators Instructions can be stored in the tray (Fig. 2-1:).

Persons within the hazard zone Always use the horn to warn persons in the immediate vicinity of the machine before starting up the machine.

Ensure that no one sets foot in the hazard zone of the machine. Interrupt work until such persons have left the hazard zone.

Marshallers The marshaller must keep outside the hazard zone.

Have a marshaller to assist you:  when you have no clear overview over the hazard zone of the machine, 

when reversing,



when shunting.

Fig. 2-1:

Use only those communication signals which you and the marshaller understand, or use aids for communication (e.g. walkie-talkie/camera).

Calls cannot be understood by the marshaller because of the noise made by the machine during operation.

Keep in constant contact with the marshaller.

Stop the machine immediately if you lose contact with the marshaller.

Securing the machine Secure the machine as described under "Securing the machine" before:  mounting or dismantling the attachment, 

parking the machine after daily operation,



carrying out any servicing or repair work.

2-4

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation OPERATION, FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD Safety instructions Prior to commencing work, obtain informationon the national and corporate rules for the prevention of accidents and avoiding fires.

Flying sparks (caused by welding, flame cutting, grinding, electrical short-circuit) may cause fire on the ground that can spread to the excavator.

Pay particular attention to hazards caused by combustible and easily flammable substances.

Place suitable fire guardings (fire barriers) if open fire or flying sparks cannot be avoided during repair work.

Obtain information on the safe handling of the fire extinguishers to be used.

If necessary, also cover the ground with fireprotective blankets.

Avoid smoking and open fire on, next to and below the excavator.

Combustible and easily or highly inflammable substances or liquids increase the risk of fire and explosion Do not store or transport flammable substances on the excavator during the work. This is also valid for pressure vessels containing flammable substances as, for instance, spray oil or cold-starting fluid (ether). They are heat-sensitive and can explode even if exposed only to intensive sunlight.

Clean the excavator carefully, if oil, grease, fuel, detergents or cold-starting fluid have been spilt over the machine. If possible, use a steam-jet cleaner for cleaning.

These substance can also ignite themselves if they come close to hot units or objects as, for instance, a turbocharger.

Clean rubber or electrical with compressed air only.

Ensure sufficient ventilation.

Even battery gases can ignite in open flames or fire.

Avoid parking the excavator in places where  combustible substances such as coal dust or tar are present. 

Remove the excavator from such an area where combustible or easily flammable liquids have spilled from the excavator onto the ground.

Clean the excavator before starting work.

Apply special protection to cables, cable ducts as well as to hose and pipe lines.

The engine compartment can be equipped with pressure vessels containing cold-starting fluid (ether). Ether is toxic and highly flammable; the vessels are under pressure. These pressure vessels can explode if exposed to high temperatures (above 49°C / 120°F) or in the event of damage.

Protect the pressure vessels against damage before beginning to work in or close to the engine compartment.

Ensure sufficient ventilation.

Do not keep any fire extinguishers that are not suitable or have not been tested.

Do not extinguish flammable liquids with water.

Use:  dry-powder, carbon-dioxide or foam extinguishing compounds.

When getting into contact with burning substances, the fire-fighting water would abruptly evaporate and distribute the substance such as oil over a wide area. Water causes short-circuits in the electrical system thus possibly entailing new hazards.

Call the fire brigade.

Have all your welding, flame cutting and grinding work approved before starting work.

open or smouldering fire may occur.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-5

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCAVATOR

Fig. 2-2:

2-6

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation Excavator layout Fig. 2-2:

Undercarriage 1 - Track drive 2 – Idler 3 - Track roller 4 - support roller

44 – Grease container of central lubricating system 45 – Tool cabinet (optional) 46 – Ladder 47 – Ladder 48 - Counterweight

5 - Crawler track

Loading bucket

6 - Track tensioner

51 – Boom

7 - Swing ring

52 - TriPower linkage

8 - Ladder

53 – Stick

Superstructure

54 - Bottom-dump bucket

11 – Engine 12 - Radiator (engine cooling liquid) 13 - Air-intake system 14 - Exhaust system 15 - Fuel Tank 17 - Hydraulic oil reservoir

55 - Boom cylinder 56 - Stick cylinder 57 - Tipping cylinder 58 - Bottom-dump cylinder 64 - Control valves 65 - Quick-action valve

18 – Hydraulic oil cooler

Backhoe bucket

20 – Pump transfer gearbox

53 - Stick

21 - Working pump

55 - Boom cylinder

22 – Cooling oil pump

56 - Stick cylinder

23 - Servo system pump

59 - Monoblock boom

27 – Swing pump

60 - Backhoe bucket

29 - Swing gear

61 - Backhoe cylinder

30 - Travel block and rotor

62 - Toggle link

31 - Driver's cab

63 - Toggle lever

32 - Control stand with BCS

64 - Control valves

33 - Control-cabinet

65 - Quick-action valve

34 - Air conditioner 35 - Fire-extinguisher 36 - Control-cabinet with battery main switch 37 – Batteries

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-7

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation Undercarriage

Stored Program Control (SPC)

The undercarriage of the hydraulic excavator serves as a stable base and for travelling. The crawler tracks are driven hydraulically with oil motors and travel gearboxes. Undercarriage and superstructure are connected by means of a swing ring.

The SPC controls the functions  Engine Start

Superstructure The superstructure accommodates the drive and part of the hydraulic and electrical equipment.

Drive The drive unit comprises diesel engines, pump transfer gearboxes, hydraulic pumps, hydraulic cylinders and hydraulic motors.

Hydraulic system All working and travelling movements are performed hydraulically. The movements are controlled by servovalves. The working commands are initiated by hand and transmitted to the valves via control circuits. The oil supply from the superstructure to the undercarriage is ensured by the rotor.

The hydraulic system is overload-protected by pressure-relief valves. The hydraulic pumps are supplied with oil from a hydraulic reservoir.

Pump Managing System (PMS) The Pump Managing System (PMS) with overlimit regulation ensures optimum utilization of the installed or preset engine power. The electronic pump demand control prevents the machine from demanding more hydraulic power than the diesel engines can furnish. A microprocessor ensures that the hydraulic output power of the pump is optimally suited to the actual operation conditions.



Engine Stop



Engine Idle



Central lubricating system



Further auxiliary functions

Further information is given in the technical manual: Stored-program control.

Central Management System (CMS) The CMS is an electrohydraulic servocontrol. Together with the PMS, it provides for optimum interaction between drive hydraulic circuit and working movements.

The required working movements are recognized by microcontroller-assisted scanning of the operating elements (hand levers, pedals) and transmitted to electrohydraulic valves.

In the system sequence, the drive regulation is first activated to provide hydraulic working energy. Only then are working movements enabled.

Further information is given in the Technical Handbook, chapter “Electric, Electronic”.

The PMS box (load-limit regulator) is installed in a control cabinet in the driver's cab.

2-8

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation Demand control / Zero-flow regulation In the fine-control range, swivelling of the hydraulic pumps, and thus the variation of oil flow, are proportional to control lever and pedal valve travel.

This means that during the work, the pumps supply only as much hydraulic oil as required to perform the working movement. In the neutral position of the control levers, the pumps are automatically swivelled to zeroflow.

These special features offer the following advantages:  reduced fuel consumption, 

minimum power losses,



reduced temperature of the hydraulic oil,



greater service life of hydraulic pumps and diesel engines.

Board-Control-System (BCS) The BCS is a data-evaluating and data-processing system whose function is to collect, evaluate and store data about the excavator's operating status and to display these to the operator.

The BCS is based on a micro-processor. The measured values (actual values) supplied by sensors and transducers installed in the excavator are compared to preset nominal values. Out-of-limit conditions are displayed in the form of error messages in the cab.

Critical operating conditions are additionally indicated by optical and acoustic warning signals.

Further dedails are set out in the “Operating Instructions Board-Control-System”.

Electrical system The electrical system operates on 24 volts.

Automatic engine speed reduction If the control pedals and control levers and thus the servovalves are not actuated for a period of 10 seconds or more (programable), the speed of the engines is automatically reduced to idling. Thisfunction is a further contribution to fuel economy.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-9

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation Signs and labels Warning and instruction signs Observe the warning and instruction signs attached to the machine.

Keep the signs legible and clean.

Replace signs immediately if they have become illegible.

New warning and instruction signs can be ordered from the CGM HMS Spare Parts Service. The ordering part numbers are set out in the spare-parts list of the machine.

Fig. 2-3: - Fig. 2-7: show the location of warning and instruction signs on the machine.

2-10

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation

Fig. 2-3:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-11

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation

Fig. 2-4:

2-12

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation

Fig. 2-5:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-13

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation

Fig. 2-6:

2-14

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation

Fig. 2-7:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-15

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation

Machine number

Engine number

The identification plate with the machine number (Fig. 2-8:) is attached to the front side of the Aframe (arrow, Fig. 2-9:).

The serial number plate (Fig. 2-10:) for the diesel engines are located on the diesel engines.

Fig. 2-10: Fig. 2-8:

Component numbers Other larger units also have identification plates indicating, among other things, their serial number.

On steel components, the CGM HMS part number or the serial number may be stamped into the metal at a clearly visible place.

Fig. 2-9:

2-16

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation Entering and leaving the machine, Safety instructions Clean off oil, grease, soil, mud, snow, ice and other substances from footwear, grab handles, ladders and steps.

Keep ladders, steps, platforms and grab handles in a non-slippery condition.

Access ladder lighting The access ladder of the machine can be illuminated.

From outside: The pull-switch (1, Fig. 2-12:) of the lighting system is located beneath the superstructure. The lights are switched on from the ground by means of the pull-rope (2).

Risk of injury due to slipping.

From the cab: The switch is located besides the door (arrow, Fig. 2-13:).

For entering and leaving use only the ladders, steps, platforms and grab handles provided (see: illustration in Fig. 2-11:).

The lighting remains on during a presettable ON time. The ON time of the lighting is factory-adjusted to three minutes.

Always face the machine when entering or leaving it.

Always maintain a three point contact with the steps and the grab handles.

Fig. 2-12:

Fig. 2-11:

Fig. 2-13:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-17

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation Swinging ladder Raising resp. lowering the swinging ladder (Fig. 2-14:).

Lowering the swinging ladder (from the upper carriage)  Start engine.  Push lever (1, Fig. 2-15:) on control valve (2) downwards to position “ II “.

The swinging ladder is lowered (Fig. 2-14:).

The swinging ladder can also be lowered when the engine ist stopped.

Fig. 2-14:

Raising the swinging ladder (from the upper carriage)  Start engine.  Pull lever (1, Fig. 2-15:) on control valve (2) upwards to position “ I “.

The swinging ladder is raised (Fig. 2-16:).

Fig. 2-16:

Lowering the swinging ladder (from the bottom)  Pull down rope (3, Fig. 2-17:).

The swinging ladder is lowered (Fig. 2-14:).

Fig. 2-15:

The upper carriage can only be swung when the folding ladder is raised completely (Fig. 2-16:).

2-18

Fig. 2-17:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation Switching the cab interior lighting on and off The cab interior lighting can be switched on and off with the switches (arrow, Fig. 2-18:), (96, Fig. 2-19:) and (arrow, Fig. 2-20:) The cab interior light is supplied with power even when the electrical system is shut down.

When leaving the machine, the interior light must therefore be switched off. The batteries could be discharged if the interior light is allowed to remain on for a prolonged period.

Fig. 2-18:

Fig. 2-19:

Fig. 2-20:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-19

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation Switching the servicing lighting on and off The maintenance lights in the various modules can be activated from a central point with the switches (arrow, Fig. 2-21:) or (95, Fig. 2-22:).

The invidual modules are also equipped with switches, for example the engine module: Switch (3, Fig. 2-23:) is located beside the entrance door in the module below the driver’s cab.

Fig. 2-21:

Fig. 2-22:

Fig. 2-23:

2-20

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation EMERGENCY STOP switch The entire electrical system is switched off with the EMERGENCY STOP switches.

In an emergency, press the EMERGENCY STOP. The EMERGENCY STOP switches are located  in the control column in the driver's cab (31, Fig. 2-24:) and 

in the control cabinet behind the hydraulic tank (2, Fig. 2-25:) and



on the lefthand side at the counterweight This latter one is operated with the rope (3, Fig. 2-26:).

The electrical system of the excavator can be switched on after the EMERGENCY SHUTOFF switches are back in their basic position (i. e. not activated).  Pull the switches out.

Fig. 2-24:

Fig. 2-25:

Fig. 2-26:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-21

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation Driver’s seat The driver’s seat (Fig. 2-27: and Fig. 2-28:) can be adjusted in several positions.

Never adjust the seat while driving. Concentrate on the road to avoid accidents.

Before carrying out any seat adjustments stop the machine and set the control levers to "0"

Fig. 2-27:

2-22

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation

Fig. 2-28:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-23

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation Trainer's / instructor's seat

Windscreen washer

For driver training / instructing purposes it is often required that a trainer / instructor accompanies the driver in the cab.

The reservoir of the windscreen washing system (1, Fig. 2-30:) is installed in the cab module. For the reservoir capacity refer to the "Refilling quantities - Other" table.

For the safety of the trainer / instructor during excavator operation the cab is equipped with a second seat. This seat is installed behind the driver's seat (arrow, Fig. 2-29:).  Sit down on this seat and do not forget to fasten the seat-belt (if installed).  Do not leave this seat during the training / instruction session and /or as long as the machine is in operation.

Fig. 2-30:

Fig. 2-29:

2-24

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation Fire extinguisher

Handling

The excavator is equipped with two fire extinguishers (arrow Fig. 2-31:).

Fig. 2-32: Fig. 2-31:

 Pull out securing pin (2, Fig. 2-32:).

The excavator driver and the maintenance personnel must inform themselves about how to handle the fire-extinguisher in order to be able to act fast and efficiently in case of beginning fires. Such instruction should be given by a qualified instructor.

 Strike knob (3) hard, then release again.

Extinguishing agent Each fire-extinguisher is filled with 12 kg (26.4 lb) Glutex. This extinguishing agent is used for fighting fires of classes A, B and C. Fires are extinguished fast, perfectly and without residues.

 Operate the extinguishing gun.

Inspection Have the extinguisher inspected at regular intervals by an expert. This is required by local authorities and insurance companies and is in the interest of your own safety.

Have the fire-extinguisher checked at the prescribed intervals by authorized testing agencies.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-25

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation Automatic fire-extinguishing system (optional) The automatic fire-extinguishing system (Fig. 2-33:) prevents fire from spreading. It is, however, assumed that the machine is thoroughly cleaned of combustible and easily flammable substances.

The excavator operator and the maintenance personnel must familiarize themselves with the automatic fire-extinguishing system.

Inspection Have the extinguishing system inspected regularly by an expert. This is required by authorities and insurance companies and is in the interest of your own safety.

Have the fire-extinguishing system checked at the prescribed intervals by authorized testing agencies.

Manual activation  Pull out ring (1, Fig. 2-34:) on activating unit for corresponding extinguishing circuit.  Strike knob (2) hard.

Fig. 2-33:

Fig. 2-34:

Such instruction should be given by a qualified instructor.

Fig. 2-35: shows an activating unit.

The fire-extinguishing system is activated automatically in an emergency.

Refill extinguishers immediately after use ready for further deployment.

In an emergency the fire-extinguishing system is actuated automatically.

Nevertheless particular extinguishing circuit e. g. engine 1 or 2 (LH or RH) can be actuated manually.

Fig. 2-35:

2-26

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation Harness (optional) Elements of the harness (Fig. 2-36:- Fig. 2-38:) Pos. Designation Back support 1 Shoulder belt 2 Shoulder belt 3 Loop (chest belt) 4 Loop (chest belt) 5 Loop (back support) 6 11 Holding device 12 Fall arrester 13 Guidance line 14 Hanging up line 15 Handbag with harness 16 Snap hook 17 Hook safety device

Fig. 2-37:

Fig. 2-38:

Fig. 2-36:

Important hints Read and observe the Description of the supplier attached to the harness.

Before using operator shall have received adequate training The harness must be used by one person only.

He is responsible for the appropriate use and maintenance.

Visual inspection is recommended prior to each use; if necessary it must be checked by an expert.

Harness must be checked annualy (every 12 month) by an expert.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-27

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation Taking on harness  Take harness out of handbag (15, Fig. 2-39:).

 Pull loop (6) of the back support (1) between your legs to the front (Fig. 2-41:).  Pull loop (5, Fig. 2-42:) through loop (6).

Fig. 2-39:

 Take on shoulder belts (2 and 3, Fig. 2-40:).

Fig. 2-42:

 Pull loop (4, Fig. 2-42:) through loop (5).  Press the hooking safety device (17, Fig. 2-42:) of the snap hook (16).

Fig. 2-40:

 Pull back support (1, Fig. 2-40:) behind your body (Fig. 2-41:).

The loops (4 and 5) are in front of your body.

Fig. 2-43:

Fig. 2-41:

2-28

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation

 Hang up loop (4, Fig. Fig. 2-44:) into snap hook (16).

Fig. 2-44:

If you have the harness put on in such a way in case of danger you can escape from the excavator (Fig. Fig. 2-46:).

Fig. 2-46:

 Release hooking safety device (17, Fig. 2-45:).

Fig. 2-45:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-29

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation MONITORING, WARNING AND CONTROL ELEMENTS

Fig. 2-47:

2-30

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation (Fig. 2-47:)

No.

Element

Function

1

BCS

Electronic measuring-data collection and processing system

Collection and displaying of essential operating data of the excavator.

2

Monitor

BCS

Displays the data collected.

Gives warnings and provides help, if desired.

3

UP button

Selects the BCS program, Positions the Cursor.

4

DOWN button

Selects the BCS program, Positions the Cursor.

5

ENTER button

Confirms a program, Activates a desired program.

6

BACK button

Recalls the Service Menu.

7

HOLD button

Freezes actual service data.

8

Print button

Recalls the Print Menu.

9

SERV. button

Recalls the Service Menu.

10

HELP button

Recalls the Help Menu.

11

BL + button

Adjusts BCS monitor background lighting brighter.

12

BL - button

Adjusts BCS monitor background lighting darker.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

Symbol

2-31

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation

Fig. 2-48

2-32

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation (Fig. 2-48) No. Element

Function Shuts off the whole electrical system, switches the engines off.

31

Button

32

Key-switch

Switches the electrical system on and off.

33

Buzzer

Gives acoustic warning signals if faults are reported:  Fault in engine system (engine 1 and/or 2; left and/or right),

Emergency OFF

Symbol



Coolant level (engine 1 and / or 2; left and / or right) too low,



Engine oil pressure (engine 1 and / or 2; left and / or right) too low,



Engine oil temperature (engine 1 and / or 2; left and / or right) too high,



Hydraulic oil level too low,



Distributor gearbox temperature (1 and / or 2; left and / or right) too high,



Swingg pump temperature (1 and / or 2; left and / or right too high,



Swing gearbox temperature (1 and / or 2) too high,



Fault in lubricating system.

Lower the equipment to the ground and shut off engines immediately if the buzzer (33) sounds and the BCS indicates a fault. The buzzer (33) continues to sound until the fault has been rectified.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-33

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation

Fig. 2-49:

2-34

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation (Fig. 2-49:) No.

Element

Function

33

Buzzer (continued)

Gives acoustic warning signals if faults are reported: 

Engine oil level (engine 1 and / or 2; left and / or right) too low,



Distributor gearbox (1 and / or 2; left and / or right) contaminated,



Working pump (1, 2, 3, and / or 4; left and / or right) contaminated,



Swing motor (1, and / or 2) contaminated,



Swing circuit temperature (1 and / or 2) too high,



Lubricating system pressure too low,



Grease level in lubricating system too low,



On-board voltage 24 V too low.

Symbol

The buzzer (33) continues to sound until the fault has been rectified.

34

Buzzer

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

Gives an acoustic warning signal when the stick/boom angle is to too small.

2-35

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation

Fig. 2-50:

2-36

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation (Fig. 2-50:) No.

Element

Function

41

Warning lamp

WARNING (left engine 1)

Not used on this machine.

42

Warning lamp

STOP (left engine 1)

Lights up when the following values in the left engine are above/below the corresponding limits 

charging air temperature too high,



coolant temperature too high,



fuel temperature too high,



oil pressure too low,



fuel pressure too low.

Symbol

At the same time:  the warning lamp of item no. 43 indicates a fault by means of a sequence of flash signals (see engine operating manual); 

the power of the engine is reduced;



a fault message is displayed on the BCS monitor and



the buzzer is sounded.

Risk of severe damage to the engine if the warnings of this lamp are disregarded.

Shut off the engine and inform the competent service personnel immediately.

Restart the engine only after the fault has been rectified.

43

Warning lamp

ENGINE PROTECTION (left engine 1)

Diagnostic lamp indicating faults in the electronics of the left engine by a sequence of flash signals (see engine operating manual).

Check whether the BCS displays a fault message and inform the competent service personnel to have the fault rectified.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-37

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation

Fig. 2-51:

2-38

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation (Fig. 2-51:) No.

Element

Function

44

Warning lamp

WARNING (right engine 2)

Not used on this machine.

45

Warning lamp

STOP (right engine 2)

Lights up when the following values in the right engine are above/below the corresponding limits 

charging air temperature too high,



coolant temperature too high,



fuel temperature too high,



oil pressure too low,



fuel pressure too low.

Symbol

At the same time:  the warning lamp of item no. 46 indicates a fault by means of a sequence of flash signals (see engine operating manual); 

the power of the engine is reduced;



a fault message is displayed on the BCS monitor and



the buzzer is sounded.

Risk of severe damage to the engine if the warnings of this lamp are disregarded.

Shut off the engine and inform the competent service personnel immediately.

Restart the engine only after the fault has been rectified.

46

Warning lamp

ENGINE PROTECTION (right engine 2)

Diagnostic lamp indicating faults in the electronics of the right engine by a sequence of flash signals (see engine operating manual).

Check whether the BCS displays a fault message and inform the competent service personnel to have the fault rectified.

47

Indicator lamp

Boom/stick angle (optional)

Lamp is lit up when the boom/stick angle is in normal working range.

48

Indicator lamp

Boom/stick angle (optional)

Lamp is lit up when the boom/stick angle is in hazard range. (the tracks may be demaged by the working equipment) Increase the angle.

The buzzer (34) sounds until the angle has resumed the normal working range.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-39

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation

Fig. 2-52:

2-40

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation (Fig. 2-52:) No.

Element

51

Switch

Starting (left engine 1)

Starts the engine.

52

Switch

Stopping (left engine 1)

Shuts off the engine.

53

Switch

Idling (left engine 1)

Shuts off the engine with 5 minutes after run.

54

Switch

55

Switch

Diagnostic ON / OFF Not used on this machine.

56

Speed adjustment

Potentiometer (left engine 1)

57

Switch

Function

Symbol

Not connected

Diagnostic increment / decrement

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

Adjusting the engine speed 

turn CCW to limit stop:

idling speed



turn CW to limit stop:

full-load speed

Not used on this machine.

2-41

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation

Fig. 2-53:

2-42

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation (Fig. 2-53:) Symbol

No.

Element

61

Switch

Starting (right engine 2)

Starts the engine.

62

Switch

Stopping (right engine 2)

Shuts off the engine

63

Switch

Idling (right engine 2)

Shuts off the engine with 5 minutes after run.

64

Switch

65

Switch

Diagnostic ON / OFF Not used on this machine.

66

Speed adjustment

Potentiometer (right engine 2)

67

Switch

Function

Not connected

Diagnostic increment / decrement

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

Adjusting the engine speed 

turn CCW to limit stop:

idling speed



turn CW to limit stop:

full-load speed

Not used on this machine.

2-43

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation

Fig. 2-54:

2-44

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation (Fig. 2-54:) No.

Element

Function

71

Switch

Travel motors

Not connected

72

Switch

Undercarriage holding brake

CCW: brake permanently applied The excavator can not be driven

Symbol

CW:

Every time the excavator stops, the undercarriage brake is automatically applied after approx. 8 sec.

The undercarriage brake is automatically released when the travel function is activated.

Actuate switch only when the excavator is stationary. Do not use as service brake.

Activate after a fault in the central lubricating system.

73

Taster

Reset

74

Switch

Electronic excavator Switches on the electronic servo control. control

75

Switch

Free for options.

76

Cigarette lighter

77

Switch

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

Free for options.

2-45

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation

Fig. 2-55:

2-46

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation (Fig. 2-55:) No.

Element

81

Switch

82

Switch

Function Engine speed duction

Symbol

re- CCW:

normal operation with automatic diesel engine speed reduction; active during operation pauses.

CW:

automatic speed reduction off

Superstructure hol- Blocks the superstructure. ding brake Actuate switch only when the excavator is stationary.

Do not use as service brake.

83

Switch

Windscreen wiper

Activates permanent / intermittent wiping.

84

Switch

Screen washer

Activates the wipe / wash function.

85

Switch

Floodlamps

Switches on the floodlamps on the driver´s cab.

86

Switch

Floodlamps

Switches on the floodlamps on the hydraulic oil cooler.

87

Switch

Floodlamps

Switches on the floodlamps on the counterweight.

88

Switch

Floodlamps

Switches on the floodlamps on the platform.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-47

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation

Fig. 2-56:

2-48

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation (Fig. 2-56:) No.

Element

Function

Symbol

91

Switch

Emergency Operati- Lowers the boom and stick when actuated in an emergency. on Boom/Stick

92

Switch

Counting dumper

93

Switch

Stick switch-off (optional)

94

Momentary switch

RESET

cylinder bypass When switched it is possible to swing the uppercarriage or drive the machine even when the hydraulic ladder or the service station is in the lower position.

Risk of damaging the ladder or the service station!

Use the assistance of marshallers who are positioned beside the mache and have an overview on the safety zone.

Be careful and swing the uppercarriage and drive the excavator very slowly and only a short way.

95

Switch

Lighting

Switches on the lighting for servicing work and the access. Lighting switches off automatically.

96

Switch

Lighting

Switches the cab lighting on and off.

97

Switch

Windscreen wiper Activates permanent wiping. rear window (optional)

98

Switch

Beacon (optional)

99

Terminals

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

Switches the beacon on and off.

For electronic engine diagnostics.

2-49

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation

Fig. 2-57:

2-50

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation (Fig. 2-57:) No.

Element

Function

101 Button

Counting dumper

Reset with switch (92).

102 Button

Stick floating position (only for loading shovel equipment)

If actuated, stick cylinders are pressurized when retracted.

Symbol

Actuate button (102) only when control lever (115) is in “0“ position.

103

Button

Boom floating position

If actuated, boom cylinders are pressurized when retracted.

Actuate button (103) only when control lever (116) is in “0“ position.

104 Button

Warning signal

Activates the horn.

105 Button inside seat Electronic excavator Switches the electronic excavator control on control and off.

111 Pedal

112 Pedal 113 Pedal

Bottom-dump bucket (only for loading shovel equipment) Travelling, left track

Opens / closes the bottom-dump bucket.

Travelling, right track

Pedal onwards – travelling forwards, Pedal rearwards – travelling backwards.

Pedal onwards – travelling forwards, Pedal rearwards – travelling backwards.

114 Foot rest 115 Control lever

Lifts and lowers the bucket / backhoe bucket stick; Swings and brakes the superstructure.

116 Control lever

Raises and lowers the boom; Tipping and rearward tilting of bucket resp. backhoe bucket.

117 Button

118 Button

Bottom-dump bucket (only for loading shovel equipment By-pass for the automatically switch off for stickand /or backhoe cylinders (Option)

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

To the left – opens the bottom-dump bucket.

To the right – closes the bottom-dump bucket.

To the left – automatically stopped stickand/or backhoe cylinders can be driven slowly to the limit stopps.

To the right – Not connected.

2-51

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation

Fig. 2-58:

2-52

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation (Fig. 2-58:) No.

Element

121 Radio

Function (optional)

123

free for options

124

free for options

125 Warning lamp

free for options

126 Warning lamp

free for options

127 Antenna

Symbol

(optional)

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-53

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation

Fig. 2-59:

2-54

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation (Fig. 2-59:) (Options. Depending on the options ordered with the machine, the described elements can be found on different positions on the control column).

No.

Element

Function

131 Monitoring device Engine monitoring (engine 2 right)

Indicates different parameters on the display (E).

Use push buttons (C and D) to scroll through parameter list.

Indicator lamps (A and B) lit when an active fault occurs.

132 Thermometer

Engine temperature (engine 2 right)

Indicates the cooling-water temperature.

133 Pressure gauge

Engine oil pressure (engine 2 right)

Indicates the oil pressure in the diesel engine lubricating system.

134 Pressure gauge

Engine oil pressure (engine 1 left)

Indicates the oil pressure in the diesel engine lubricating system.

135 Thermometer

Engine temperature (engine 1 left)

Indicates the cooling-water temperature.

136 Warning lamp

Cooling water level (engine 1 left)

Lits up when the cooling-water level is too low.

137 Warning lamp

Alternator (engine 1 left)

Lits up when the batteries are not recharged.

138 Warning lamp

Cooling water level (engine 2 right)

Lits up when the cooling-water level is too low.

139 Warning lamp

Alternator (engine 2 right)

Lits up when the batteries are not recharged.

140 Monitoring device Engine monitoring (engine 1 left)

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

Symbol

Indicates different parameters on the display (E) Use push buttons (C and D) to scroll through parameter list.

Indicator lamps (A and B) lit when an active fault occurs.

2-55

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation

Fig. 2-60:

2-56

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation (Fig. 2-60:) (Options. Depending on the options ordered with the machine, the described elements can be found on different positions on the control column).

No.

Element

Function

151 Warning lamp

Swing pump 1 con- Lights up when the swinging pump is contaminated with metal particles. taminated

152 Warning lamp

Swing pump 2 con- Lights up when the swinging pump is contaminated with metal particles. taminated

153 Warning lamp

Swing pump 3 con- Lights up when the swinging pump is contaminated with metal particles. taminated

154 Warning lamp

Swing pump 4 con- Lights up when the swinging pump is contaminated with metal particles. taminated

155 Warning lamp

Main pump 1 con- Lights up when the main pump is contaminated with metal particles. taminated

156 Warning lamp

Main pump 2 con- Lights up when the main pump is contaminated with metal particles. taminated

157 Warning lamp

Pump gearbox 1 left Lights up when the pump gearbox is contaminated with metal particles. contaminated

158 Warning lamp

Swing pump 1 tem- Lights up when the temperature in the swinging pump is too high perature

159 Warning lamp

Swing pump 2 tem- Lights up when the temperature in the swinging pump is too high perature

160 Warning lamp

Swing pump 3 tem- Lights up when the temperature in the swinging pump is too high perature

161 Warning lamp

Swing pump 4 tem- Lights up when the temperature in the swinging pump is too high perature

162 Warning lamp

Main pump 3 con- Lights up when the main pump is contaminated with metal particles. taminated

163 Warning lamp

Main pump 4 con- Lights up when the main pump is contaminated with metal particles. taminated

164 Warning lamp

Pump gearbox 2 Lights up when the pump gearbox is conright contaminated taminated with metal particles.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

Symbol

2-57

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation

Fig. 2-61:

2-58

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation (Fig. 2-61:) (Options. Depending on the options ordered with the machine, the described elements can be found on different positions on the control column).

No.

Element

Function

165 Warning lamp

Swing motor 1 con- Lights up when the swing motor is contaminated with metal particles. taminated

166 Warning lamp

Swing motor 2 con- Lights up when the swing motor is contaminated with metal particles. taminated

Symbol

free for optional

167 Warning lamp 168 Warning lamp

Hydraulic oil filter Lights up when the flow resistance in the filter is too high. Replace filter elements if the contaminated warning lamp fails to go out when the oil is at operating temperature.

169 Warning lamp

Min. hydraulic level

170 Warning lamp

Electronic excavator Lights up when the electronic excavator control is switched on. control ON

171 Indicator light

Hydraulic oil tank

oil Lights up when the hydraulic oil level in the hydraulic tank is too low.

Lights up when one of the shut-off valves of the hydraulic oil tank is closed When the left valve is closed, the LH engine cannot be started.

When the right valve is closed, the RH engine cannot be started.

When a shutoff valve is closed with the engines running, both engines are stopped.

172 Thermometer

Hydraulic oil

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

Indicates hydraulic oil temperature in hydraulic tank

2-59

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation

Fig. 2-62:

2-60

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation (Fig. 2-62:) (Options. Depending on the options ordered with the machine, the described elements can be found on different positions on or near the control column).

No.

Element

181

Control elements

Function Air conditioning system

See chapter: “AIR CONDITIONER (OPTION)” for more information.

191 Service gauge (vakuum)

Air filter (left engine 1, outside)

Indicates the underpressure in the air filters.

Underpressure must be less than 25 inches (635 mm) water column.

Otherwise clean / replace the filterelement.

192 Service gauge (vakuum)

Air filter (left engine 1, inside)

Indicates the underpressure in the air filters.

Underpressure must be less than 25 inches (635 mm) water column.

Otherwise clean / replace the filterelement.

193 Service gauge (vakuum)

Air filter (left engine 2, inside)

Indicates the underpressure in the air filters.

Underpressure must be less than 25 inches (635 mm) water column.

Otherwise clean / replace the filterelement.

194 Service gauge (vakuum)

Air filter (left engine 2, outside)

Indicates the underpressure in the air filters.

Underpressure must be less than 25 inches (635 mm) water column.

Otherwise clean / replace the filterelement.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

Symbol

2-61

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation PUTTING THE MACHINE INTO OPERATION

Refuelling Refuelling - Safety instructions

Before daily start-up, carry out works in accordance with servicing plan T (see: Part 3 "Inspection and servicing")

Explosion hazard. Risk of fire.

Fuels and fuel gases are inflammable.

Avoid open flames and stop smoking.

Increased fire and explosion hazard will exist.

Prior to your daily start-up, make sure the machine has been cleaned of combustible and easily flammable substances.

Fuel may cause skin injury. Wear protective gloves or use a barrier cream.

Stand working equipment on the ground.

Shut off the engines.

Do not spill fuel and do not allow fuel to penetrate into the soil. Fuel pollutes the environment.

Wipe off spilt fuel immediately with cleaning rags or soak up with binding agents.

Fuel and cleaning material must be disposed of without polluting the environment.

Report fuel accidents immediately to the user or his representative.

Filling in fuel

Fig. 2-63:

 Unscrew cap of filler tube (1, Fig. 2-63:).  Fill in fuel through the filter sieve in the filler tube. Do not remove the sieve!

A micro filter in the filling line is recommended.

2-62

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation Service station (tanklift) The excavator is equipped with a central service station (Fig. 2-64: resp. Fig. 2-65:) for refuelling.

The service station is attached to the frame and accessible from the ground below the uppercarriage.

A service vehicle is needed for filling and/or draining of the fluids.

Check the grounding straps (equipotential bonding) at the tank lift regularly for proper fastening.

Grounding straps can remove voltages and prevent fire during refuelling only when properly fastened.

Fig. 2-64:

Fig. 2-65:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-63

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation Express couplings are provided for refilling the following consumables: Note: Connections used may vary depending on how the machine is equipped.

Pos. Fluid Express Fig. coupling for 2-66: Diesel fuel for lefthand filling 1 and righthand fuel tank.

Cooling liquid, left Filling and/or 2 engine draining Cooling liquid, left Filling and/or 3 engine draining Gearbox oil for left Filling and/or 4 pump transfer geardraining box Gearbox oil for right Filling and/or 5 pump transfer geardraining box Engine oil, left engiFilling and/or 6 neoiltank (optional) draining Engine oil, left engiFilling and/or 7 neoiltank (optional) draining Engine oil for lefthand Filling and/or 8 engine draining Engine oil for Filling and/or 9 righthand engine draining Filling and/or 10 Hydraulic oil tank draining Grease container filling 11

Fig. 2-67:

Lowering the service station Draw out control knob (21, Fig. 2-67:) of valve (22) with rope (25). The service station is brought down to the lower position. Turn knob (21) by 90° and engage.

Raising the service station Disengage control knob (21) of valve (22), turn by 90° and press in. The service station is raised to the top position.

Refilling and draining For filling in or for draining fluids, unscrew the cap of the corresponding express coupling (Fig. 2-66:).

Attach express coupling of filling hose from the service vehicle to the corresponding express coupling at the service station. Fill in or drain off fluid.

Take off filling hose and refit cap on the express coupling.

Fig. 2-66:

2-64

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation

Assemblies resp. Measuring device reservoirs Fuel tank BCS fuel indicator (Fig. 2-68:)

Remarks Switch on the monitoring system by using toggle switch (23, Fig. 2-69:). The indicator light (22) comes on.

Fill in fuel using express coupling (1).

The indicator light (32) comes on when the LH fuel tank is full.

Stop filling when the fuel tank is full.

The indicator light (33) comes on when the RH fuel tank is full.

Stop filling when the fuel tank is full.

Switch off the monitoring system by using toggle switch (23), indicator light (22) is off.

Fig. 2-69: Fig. 2-68:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-65

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation Assemblies resp. Measuring device reservoirs Pump transfer Dipstick (1, Fig. 2-70:) gearboxes

Remarks

Engines

Stop filling when the oil reaches the "max" mark on the dipstick (see: chapter "Engine - engine oil level/filling in oil").

Dipstick (Fig. 2-71:)

Stop filling when the oil reaches the "max" mark on the dipstick (see: Part 3, chapter "Pump transfer gearbox Checking the gearbox oil level/Filling in oil").

Fig. 2-70: Fig. 2-71:

2-66

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation

Assemblies resp. Measuring device reservoirs

Remarks

Hydraulic oil tank

Checking the oil level: Extend the piston rods of stick and bucket cylinders halfway.

Stand working equipment on the ground.

Check oil level at an oil temperature of ca. 50 °C / 122°F, with the engines stationary.

Fill in oil through express coupling (10) when the oil level in the inspection glass has dropped below the "min" mark.

Stop filling if the acoustic warning signal “Travel Alarm” sounds and oil reaches the "max" mark on the inspection glass (see: chapter "Hydraulic system - Checking the hydraulic oil level / Refilling hydraulic oil").

Inspection glass (1, Fig. 2-72:), sign (2. Fig. 2-72: and Fig. 2-73:)

Fig. 2-72:

Fig. 2-74:

Fig. 2-73:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-67

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation

Assemblies resp. Measuring device reservoirs Cooling system reservoir

Level indicator (4, Fig. 2-75:) Stop filling when the level indicator indicates maximum filling level. (see: chapter "Cooling system - Cooling liquid").

Grease container BCS display (Fig. 2-76:) – cental lubricating system (optional)

Fig. 2-75:

Remarks

BCS gives a warning if the grease container is nearly empty.

Switch on the display system (optional) with the toggle switch (23, Fig. 2-77:), indicator lamp (22) comes on.

Fill in grease using express coupling (11).

Stop filling when the grease container is full, the indicator lamp (34) lights up.

On completion of filling, switch the display system off again with the toggle switch (23), indicator lamp (22) is off.

Fig. 2-77:

Fig. 2-76:

2-68

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation Switching the electrical system on and off The electrical system is switched on with keyswitch (32, Fig. 2-78:).  Insert key into key-switch and turn to the right.

Battery main switch The battery main switch is installed in the control cabinet (1, Fig. 2-79:) behind the hydraulic reservoir. The battery main switch disconnect the complete electrical system from the batteries. In the "OFF" position, the battery main switch  prevents unauthorized starting of the engines, 

protects the batteries against inadvertent discharge.

Only the automatic fire-extinguishing system (optional) remains connected to the power supply even when the battery main switch is in the "OFF" position.

Fig. 2-78:

Fig. 2-79:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-69

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation Preheating system for engine and hydraulic oil (optional)

Switch and pilot lamp are located at the switchgear cabinet in the engine module behind the hydraulic oil reservoir (Fig. 2-81:).

Preheating system for engine and hydraulic oil, function

When the temperatures of the engine oil, engine coolant and the hydraulic oil are below -10°C / 14°F:

The preheating system consists of heating elements for engine oil, engine coolant and hydraulic oil.

 Connect the system to the external power supply.

At low outside temperatures, the system facilitates starting of the engine and ensures that the hydraulic system reaches its operating temperature faster.

The preheating system is operated electrically with an external supply voltage. This voltage is available at a socket outlet at the service-station (tanklift) (Fig. 2-80:).

(The system has been set at the factory for a standard supply of 400 volts, threephase AC. Other voltages are available on request as well as socket outlets meeting other standards).

 Switch on the preheating system with switch (1, Fig. 2-81:).

The pilot lamp (2, Fig. 2-81:) lights up.  Switch off the preheating system with switch (1, , Fig. 2-81:) when the engine and the hydraulic system have reached a temperature above 0°C / 32°F. The pilot lamp (4, Fig. 2-81:) goes out.  Switch on the fuel preheating system (see "Fuel preheating system (option)").

Switching the preheating system for engine and hydraulic oil on and off Risk of an electric shock.

Check first: Insulation of the socket outlet on the machine in good condition?

Insulation of the connecting cable in good condition?

Connect the system to the power supply only if the insulation of the components is in perfect condition.

Fig. 2-80:

Observe the national safety regulations to be applied in the presence of electric current.

Fig. 2-81:

2-70

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation Fuel preheating system (optional) Fuel preheating system, function At temperatures below 0°C / 32°F, the paraffin particles contained in the diesel fuel begin to clump together. They form flakes which clog up the fuel lines and the filters. Starting of the engine is then no longer possible.

To prevent this, the diesel fuel must be preheated.

Preheating is effeceted by means of two heating elements in the fuel line. The heating elements are attached to the engines.

They are equipped with internal thermostats ensuring an automatic temperature regulation.

Switch on the fuel preheating only after preheating of the engine and of the hydraulic oil is terminated (see "Preheating system for engine and hydraulic oil (option)").

The preheating time is dependent on the outside temperature.

Fig. 2-82:

Switching the fuel preheating system on and off  Switch on the ignition by turning key-switch (32, Fig. 2-82:) to position 1.  At temperatures below 0°C / 32°F, switch on the fuel preheating: switch (144, Fig. 2-83:) for the lefthand engine, switch (143) for the righthand engine.

The pilot lamp located above the resp. switch lights up.

Fig. 2-83:

 After a short time start up the engines (see also "Starting and stopping the engines").  Switch off the fuel preheating with switches (143 and 144), when the engines has reached their operating temperatures.

The pilot lamp (Fig. 2-83:) goes out.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-71

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation STARTING AND STOPPING THE ENGINES Starting the engines Exhaust gases from diesel engines and some of their constituents may cause cancer, birth defects and other reproductive harm.

Start and operate combustion engines only on well-ventilated premises.

In closed rooms, exhaust gases must be evacuated to the outside.

Do not work on the exhaust system an do not make any modifications to it.

Fig. 2-85:

All control levers and pedals must be in position "0".  Activate the EMERGENCY SHUT-OFF SWITCHES (31, Fig. 2-84: and 1, Fig. 2-85:).  Turn engine speed control (56 and 66, Fig. 2-84:) to the left against the limit stop (idling speed).  Insert the key into the key-switch (32) and turn clockwise.

Sound the horn to warn persons in the immediate vicinity before starting engines.

Start the engines one after the other.

Fig. 2-84:

 Press button (51) for the lefthand engine.

Release button (51) as soon as the engine has fired.  Press button (61) for the righthand engine.

Release button (61) as soon as the engine has fired.

2-72

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation

Do not run engines at full load unless they have been allowed to run for at least 3 minutes at idling.

Repeat the starting procedure if one of the engines does not fire. Repeat starting procedure not more often than three to four times. Do not operate the starter for more than 10 seconds.

If, after starting, the BCS or the engine monitoring devices (Fig. 2-86:) indicates a fault  of the PMS 

because of insufficient engine oil pressure



of the alternator

stop the engine concerned immediately.

Locate the cause of the fault and rectify before restarting the engine.

Starting the engines at low temperatures If the machine is used in low temperatures, the engine may be equipped with a cold-starting device.

The pressure vessel containing the cold-starting fluid (ether) can be installed in or near the engine compartment.

The vessel is screwed into an electro-mechanical metering valve. When the engine is started at temperatures below 0°C (32°F), this valve is activated automatically by the engine electronics and injects a precisely metered amount of cold-starting fluid into the air intake duct of the engine.

Ether is toxic and highly inflammable. Safety instructions and information concerning the handling of pressure vessels for cold-starting fluids (ether) can be found in the following chapters: "Fundamental safety instructions", "Inspection and servicing - Safety instructions", "Cold-starting fluid (ether) - Replacing the pressure vessel".

Fig. 2-86:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-73

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation Shutting off the engines

Emergency - stop

During interruptions of the work and after the work, stand working equipment on the ground.

In case of emergency, e.g. if buzzer (33, Fig. 2-88:) sounds, the engine can be shut off from full load.

Do not shut off the engines before the working equipment rests on the ground.  Turn speed control knob (56 and 66, Fig. 2-87:) counter-clockwise to the limit stop (idling speed).

To do so:  Depress stop-switch (31) (the whole electrical system is switched off).

The engines will be stopped.  Turn key in key-switch (32) counter-clockwise and withdraw.

Fig. 2-88:

Fig. 2-87:

Do not shut off the engine out of full load. The engine should be run at no more than one-half of the rated rpm for another 5 minutes to allow the lubricating oil and the cooling liquid to dissipate the combustion heat from the combustion chamber and from bearings and shafts.  Depress key (52) for the lefthand engine.  Depress key (62) for the righthand engine.  Turn key in key-switch (32) counter-clockwise and withdraw (electrical system without current).

2-74

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation AIR CONDITIONER (OPTION) Ventilation / Heating

Control panel (Sigma) single (Fig. 2-91:)

The air needed for ventilation and/or heating is sucked in from outside the cab by a blower and ducted to the air outlets (Fig. 2-89:).  air outlets (2) at the bottom of the cab, 

air outlets (3) in the console of the driver's seat,



air outlets (4) under the cab roof.

Each outlet can be adjusted independently for the amount and direction of air required.

Fig. 2-91:

1

Rotary switch

selects the intensity level of the blower (3 levels)

2

Rotary switch

selects the desired control function (heating, cooling, ventilation, defrosting)

3

Thermostat

sets the desired temperature inside the cab

Fig. 2-89:

If necessary, the air in the cab is sucked in through the filters (1, Fig. 2-90:) and recirculated.

Fig. 2-90:

The air conditioner control elements are located in the satellite (181).

Do not switch the air conditioner to "cooling“ when the back-up heating is on.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-75

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation Back-up heating (option)

Control panel (Eberspächer)

The back-up heating control elements are located in the satellite (182, Fig. 2-92:).

(Fig. 2-93:)

Fig. 2-93: Fig. 2-92:

Do not switch on the back-up heating when the air conditioner is set to ”cooling”.

2-76

1

Pushbutton

set heating time

2

Pushbutton

heating time preselect

3

Pushbutton

heating on / off

4

Pushbutton

change set data

5

Pushbutton

Einstelldaten verändern

6

Symbol

change set data

7

Symbol

radio remote-control

8

Symbol

time and day of the week

9

Symbol

temperature

10 Symbol

operation

11 Selector

temperature

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation Control panel (Fig. 2-94:)

Fig. 2-94:

1

Indicator lamp

heating ON

2

Indicator lamp

blower ON

3

Indicator lamp

heating

4

Indicator lamp

cooling

5

Switch

heating ON

6

Switch

blower ON

7

Indicator lamp

blower level 3

8

Indicator lamp

blower level 2

9

Indicator lamp

blower level 1

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-77

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation MAXIMUM MACHINE INCLINATIONS, INFORMATION The machine must not exceed the inclinations indicated for working, travelling and servicing operations and during downtimes. The values specified in the tables below (next page) are valid for all types of working equipment.

If the maximum inclinations are exceeded, there is a risk of severe damage to the engine due to insufficient lubrication. In the event of extreme inclinations the machine can topple over.

The working performance of the machine is especially economical when the machine stands on firm and level ground.

A loss of performance and higher wear must be accepted when the machine works in an inclined position, e.g. when building a ramp or when slewing uphill.

For the building of ramps, the values specified in the table "Maximum inclinations during working operations" may be exceeded. In this case, however, a reduced service life of the components can be expected.

During downtimes, the machine must be parked in such a way that its inclination does not exceed 3° / 5.2 %.

Maximum machine inclinations during working operations:

forward inclination

rearward inclination

side inclination

5° / 8.7%

5° / 8.7%

5° / 8.7%

Maximum machine inclinations during travelling: Type 6018

Engine C18

Forward

Rearward

Side

deg / %

deg / %

deg / %

30° / 57.7%

30° / 57.7%

30° / 57.7%

Maximum machine inclinations during maintenance operations:

2-78

forward inclination

rearward inclination

side inclination

0° - 2° / 3.4%

0° - 2° / 3.4%

0° - 2° / 3.4%

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation DRIVING, SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS Have the attachment raised only so far as to permit the machine to be driven under overhead power lines without any risk.

Close the cab door.

If the machine is fitted with a safety belt for the operator, fasten the belt.

If the superstructure is turned by more than 90° from the BASIC POSITION, the excavator travels in the opposite direction to that selected.

If the position of the superstructure in relation to the undercarriage is not exactly known, touch the accelerator Lightly to see which direction the machine takes, before initiating the full travelling movement.

Warn persons in the immediate vicinity by sounding the horn before setting off.

Never drive across slopes.

Take the utmost care on slippery, greasy ground.

Sound the horn to warn persons in the immediate vicinity before starting travelling.

Do not exceed the maximum machine inclination (see “Maximum machine inclinations, information” chapter).

Fig. 2-96:

Running-in specifications for components of the crawler tracks: Prior to initial commissioning and/or after repair work, run in the idlers, track rollers and support rollers as follow:  Raise the equipment (Fig. 2-95:and Fig. 2-96:)  Drive the excavator in revers approx. 50 m (164 ft).  Drive the excavator in forwards approx. 50 m (164 ft).  Stop the excavator.  Measure the temperature at each dler, track roller and support roller with an infrared thermometer. (at a temperature of approx. 100° C (212°F) wait for idlers, track rollers and support rollers to cool down).  Repeat this running-in procedure up to 10 times.  Check all idlers, track rollers and support rollers for leaks.

Fig. 2-95:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

The engines must be at operating temperature before being subjected to full load.

If the machine is to be driven a longer distance, the superstructure must be secured against turning by means of the superstructure holding brake.

2-79

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation TRAVELLING Superstructure basic position Travel direction and sense of actuation of pedals (112 and 113, Fig. 2-98:) are identical only when the excavator is in its BASIC POSITION (Fig. 2-97:).

Travelling forwards/backwards Travelling forwards:  depress pedals (112 and 113) forwards.

The excavator travels in the direction of the idler (2, Fig. 2-97:).

Travelling backwards:  depress pedals (112 and 113, Fig. 2-98:) backwards.

The excavator travels in the direction of the drive sprocket (4, Fig. 2-97:).

During travelling, an acoustic warning signal sounds (Travel Alarm).

Fig. 2-97:

If the superstructure is swung out of its basic position by more than 90° (Fig. 2-99:), the excavator moves in a direction opposite to that expected when pedals (112 and 113, Fig. 2-98:) are depressed.

Fig. 2-99:

The pedals return automatically to their "0" positions when released.

Reverse the excavator only over short distances and with the assistance of marshallers because of restricted rear-view conditions.

Do not travel across slopes.

When travelling uphill or downhill, the travel drive must always be at the rear.

Travel only in the basic position of the excavator and only forwards.

Be extremely careful on slippery and greasy ground.

Fig. 2-98:

If the operator is not completely sure of the position of the superstructure with regard to the undercarriage, pedals (112 and 113) should be depressed slightly in order to find out which way the excavator moves before initiating the full travelling movement.

2-80

Do not exceed the maximum machine inclination (see “Maximum machine inclinations, information” chapter).

All instructions with regard to travelling speed regulation and travel direction control are applicable only as long as the crawler tracks have sufficient grip and do not slip.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation Regulating the travelling speed Travelling on level ground: Regulate the travelling speed with  pedals (112 and 113, Fig. 2-100:) and  turn speed regulator (56 and 66) fully clockwise (full-throttled position).

Fig. 2-101: Fig. 2-100:

Travelling uphill and downhill Do not exceed the maximum machine inclination (see “Maximum machine inclinations, information” chapter).

Read and observe the "Travelling Safety instructions" chapter.  Depress padals (112 and 113, Fig. 2-100:) fully to the limit stop.  Regulate the travel speed only with the engines speed control.

When travelling downhill, the travel retarder valve acts as a speed limiter.

The travel retarder valve works correctly if pedals (112 and 113) are fully depressed down to the limit stop.

Should the travelling speed become too high when travelling downhill release pedals (112 and 113) to stop the excavator.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-81

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation Cornering Never use the working equipment to raise one side of the undercarriage and then turn the undercarriage by initiating the swinging and/or the travelling function.

To take a right-hand corner forwards  depress only pedal(112, Fig. 2-102:) forwards.

To take a lefthand corner forwards  depress only pedal (113) forwards.

Turning To turn to the right:  depress pedal (112) forwards and pedal (113) backwards To turn to the left:  depress pedal (113) forwards and pedal (112) backwards.

This way of working is contrary to the excavator'sdesignated use.

There is a risk of accident. Moreover, the tracks, swing gear, roller bearing swing ring, backhoe or bucket back-wall and the front part of the bucket are subjected to inadmissibly high stresses.

Fig. 2-103:

Fig. 2-102:

Note Change the position of the undercarriage - parallel or perpendicular to the working face - only by cornering forwards/backwards (Fig. 2-103:).

Cornering to the left: forwards

from pos. 1 to pos. 2

backwards

from pos. 2 to pos. 3

forwards

from pos. 3 to pos. 4

The same procedure should be adopted if the excavator is to be driven out of depressions (Fig. 2-104:): Cornering to the left

from pos. 1 to pos. 2

Cornering to the right

from pos. 2 to pos. 3

2-82

Fig. 2-104:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation Travelling over long distances Travel only forwards with the excavator in its basic position.

Travelling backwards over longer distances could damage parts of the undercarriage.

Do not exceed the maximum machine inclination (see “Maximum machine inclinations, information” chapter).

Backhoe bucket equipment (Fig. 2-106:)  Fully extend boom cylinder (1).  Retract backhoe cylinder (2).  Retract stick cylinder (3).  Extend backhoe cylinder (2) and stick cylinder (3) to such an extent as to reach the position of the equipment shown in (Fig. 2-106:).

Read and observe the "Travelling – Safety instructions" chapter.

When travelling, pay attention to sufficient headroom, e. g. under cable bridges or high-tension cables.

Keep the loading or the backhoe bucket close to the ground. For a more uniform loading of the tracks, the equipment must, however, be kept at a steep angle (Fig. 2-105: / Fig. 2-106:).

Fig. 2-106:

Lower the equipment when travelling underneath obstacles.

If the equipment position must be changed:  stop the excavator,  change the position,  continue to travel.

Fig. 2-105:

Loading bucket equipment (Fig. 2-105:)  Fully extend boom cylinder (1).  Extend bucket cylinder (2).  Extend stick cylinder (3).  Retract bucket cylinder (2) and stick cylinder (3) to such an extent as to reach the position of the equipment (Fig. 2-105:).

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

After travelling for 15 minutes without interruption, stop the excavator and check the temperatureof the track rollers.

If the temperature does not exceed ca. 100° C (approx. 212°F):  Continue travelling.

In case of higher temperatures:  Stop travelling. Resume travelling only after the track rollers have cooled down to ca. 40° C (approx. 104°F).

2-83

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation Locking the superstructure

Track parking brake

The excavator is equipped with two superstructure holding brakes integrated in the swing gearboxes.

The superstructure holding brakes are used to block the superstructure and the undercarriage.

The excavator is equipped with four track brakes integrated in the track drives.

The superstructure holding brakes are parking brakes.  Switch the parking brakes on by means of switch (82, Fig. 2-107:): 

when the excavator is parked,



when travelling over longer distances.

The track brakes are parking brakes which relieve the hydro-static travel drives during working operation and which protect the excavator against rolling forwards and backwards.

The brakes are controlled by means of the travel pedals (112 and 113, Fig. 2-108:). In neutral position of the pedals, the brakes are applied and the excavator is braked. During travelling, the brakes are released.

Fig. 2-108:

The track brakes can also be activated with switch (72, Fig. 2-107:).

Fig. 2-107:

Depending on switch position, the brakes are permanently engaged or are automatically applied after ca. 8 sec. each time the excavator stops.

With this switch position, the brakes are released as soon as the "Travel" function is activated.

2-84

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation TRANSPORTING THE MACHINE Transport - Safety instructions The machine must be loaded and transported only after all safety regulations have been observed and complied with.

Entrust loading and transporting of the machine to a company experienced in the transport of heavy equipment.

Transport The dimensions and the service weight of the fully assembled excavator do not allow the excavator to be transported in an undismantled state on a lowbed trailer over public roads.

Therefore, the following components and modules must be dismantled beforehand.

Suspensions points are marked on the modules.

The responsability for loading and transporting lies with the transport company or their representative.

Suspensions points as well as the center of gravity are marked on the modules (see example, Fig. 2-109:).

Remove oil, grease, soil, mud, snow, ice and other materials from the excavator's crawler tracks and from ramps and loading platforms of the transport vehicle to minimize slipping.

Dimensions and weights of the machines modules can be found in the annex, chapter “Technical Data” as well as in the “Technical Handbook”.

Secure the transport vehicle against rolling away.

Use only tying equipment of sufficient strength (the weights and dimensions of the excavator are set out in the "Product Specification Sheet").

Fig. 2-109:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-85

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation WORKING OPERATION - SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS Read the sections "Fundamental safety instructions" and "Operation, safety instructions" carefully and observe the instructions given in them.

Inspect the site for underground gas, power and water lines before starting work. Any damage to such lines is a risk to life!

Clean off any earth, mud, snow, ice, grease and oil adhering to your working footwear before operating the machine. There is otherwise a risk of slipping off the pedals and initiating inadvertent movements.

Sound the horn to warn persons in the immediate vicinity before starting work.

Stop work if anyone is in the hazard range of the machine. Make sure they have left the hazard range before resuming work.

Never operate the machine unless it is standing on a reasonably horizontal, flat surface. The stability of the machine is otherwise at risk.

Running-in instructions for hydraulic cylinders Compression of an oil/air compound in a hydraulic cylinder may result in detonations which might damage pistons and sealing rings.

Prior to initial commissioning and/or after repairs, run in the hydraulic cylinders as follows:  Start up the engines and run at low speed.

The pressure-limiting valve in the hydraulic system must not respond  In the first two working cycles, retract and extend the pistons of the hydraulic cylinders to max. ½ to ¾ (not to the limit stop).

Never change direction suddenly. The waiting time between changes of direction must be at least 4 seconds.  In the next eight working cycles, retract and extend the pistons of the hydraulic cylinders to the limit stop. The waiting time between changes of direction must be at least 4 seconds.  When all hydraulic cylinders have been run in, the excavator can operate at a higher engine speed.

Ensure that the attachment has adequate clearance below overhead power lines and structures.

Trenches and working faces may give way. Keep well clear of them.

Do not operate the machine,  when several track rollers or support rollers have been removed; 

when one or several slewing gearboxes have failed or been removed;



when one or several teeth on the backhoe or on the shovel are worn or missing;



when parts of the hardfacing layer on the backhoe or on the shovel are worn or missing.

Warming-up phase for the hydraulic system At low temperatures, bring the engines down to moderate speed, then activate all hydraulic functions for about 10 minutes (bring to service temperature). For further instructions, see section "Lubricants".

If the BCS indicates problems with the cooling liquid temperature, engine oil pressure, coolant level, alternator or hydraulic oil filter control (with hydraulic oil at service temperature) light up: Lower the working equipment and shut off engines.

Working under these circumstances results in heavy wear and possibly in severe damage and thus in high repair costs.

Such circumstances are considered by CGM HMS as "abusive utilization".

CGM HMS refuses to assume the guarantee for damage and consequential damage caused by an abusive utilization of the machine.

2-86

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation Avoid extreme positions of the working equipment Parts of the attachment may damage the machine if they are moved into extreme positions (see illustrations Fig. 2-110 - Fig. 2-114).

Work carefully, avoiding extreme positions of this kind.

Fig. 2-112

Fig. 2-110

Fig. 2-113

Fig. 2-111

Fig. 2-114

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-87

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation WORKING OPERATION Before starting work Prior to initial commissioning and after repairs on the central lubricating system or the hydraulic cylinders, move the unloaded equipment for abt.

5 minutes.

This is required to ensure an adequate supply of grease to the cylinder bearings when the work starts.

Switching on the electronic excavator control You can only move the working equipment after the electronic excavator control is switched on via switch (74, Fig. 2-116:) and the switch inside the driver’s seat (105, Fig. 2-115:).  Activate switch (74, Fig. 2-116:).

Electronic excavator control is activated when operator is sitting on his seat.

Electronic excavator control deactivated when driver's seat is empty.

Warming up: At low outside temperatures it is necessary to run the hydraulic system up to operating temperature.

The temperatures at which warming up is necessary depend on the type of hydraulic oil used; see also "Oils for hydraulic systems".  Run the diesel engines at ca. 2/3 full speed and start to perform no-load working movements for abt. 10 minutes with the excavator.

Fig. 2-115:

Fig. 2-116:

2-88

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation Swinging the superstructure You can swing the superstructure only when the superstructure holding brakes are released.  To swing the superstructure to the right: shift control lever (115, Fig. 2-117:) to the right.  To swing the superstructure to the left: shift control lever (115) to the left.

After releasing, the control lever returns automatically to position "0". But the superstructures motion will not be braked automatically then. To bring the superstructure to standstill, shift control lever (115) into the opposite direction of superstructures motion (countering).

Fig. 2-117:

Braking the superstructure The superstructure is braked only by setting control lever (115, Fig. 2-117:) into the opposite direction (countering).

The superstructures motion will not be braked automatically when releasing control lever (115) To bring the superstructure to standstill, shift control lever (115) into the opposite direction of superstructures motion (countering).

Only in an emergency apply superstructure holding brake with switch (82, Fig. 2-118:).

Fig. 2-118:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-89

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation Working movements When released, all control levers for working operation return automatically to position "0".

Level a surface only in the bucket's digging direction. Never "beat" or "sweep" with the bucket.

Do not level off a surface with the front shell of the bucket open.

Close bucket completely before beginning to dig.

Sound the horn to warn persons in the immediate vicinity before starting work.

Do not exceed the maximum machine inclination (see “Maximum machine inclinations, information” chapter).

Raising and lowering the boom  To raise the boom: pull control lever (116, Fig. 2-119:) backwards.  To lower the boom: push control lever (116) forwards.  To lower the boom with pressure: depress button (103) and push control lever (116) forwards.

Extending and retracting the bucket or backhoe bucket stick  To extend the stick: push control lever (115) forwards.

Fig. 2-119:

Filling and emptying the bucket or the backhoe  To fill/tip back the bucket: shift control lever (116) to the left.  To empty the bucket by dumping/tipping: shift control lever (116) to the right.

Opening and closing the bottom-dump bucket  To open the bucket: press pedal (111) forwards or press button (117) to the left.  To close the bucket: press pedal (111) backwards or press button (117) to the right.

 To retract the stick: pull control lever (115) backwards.  To retract the stick with pressure: (only on bottom-dump bucket equipment) depress button (102) and push control lever (115) backwards.

2-90

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation After daily operation Parking the machine  Park the machine on level and stable ground. This is particularly important in winter to avoid freezing of the tracks.  Stand the working equipment on the ground.  Shut off the engines.  Shift both control levers into all directions todepressurize the hydraulic cylinders.  Withdraw the key from the electrical system key-switch.  Close the cab window.

Escaping oil pollutes the environment.

Repair leaks immediately (or have them repaired).Report oil accidents to the user of the machine.  Check the superstructure, undercarriage and the working equipment for damage and all steel components for cracks or fractures.  Report detected damage immediately to the user.  Clean off gross dirt, ice and snow from the fins and the fan wheel of the hydraulic oil cooler.

 Lock the cab door and all lockable hatches and covers on the machine.  Clean the machine of coarse dirt as well as of combustible and easily flammable substances, if possible with a stream jet (rubber parts and electric components with compressed air - refer to information label) Otherwise, the fire and explosion hazard will exist.  Fill up the fuel tanks.  Inspect the engines, the hydraulic system, the track rollers, support rollers, idlers and gearboxes visually for leaks.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-91

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation ASSEMBLING WORKING EQUIPMENT - SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS Personel Assembly work may be carried out only by operating or maintenance personnel who have the necessary know-how at their disposal.

If such know-how is lacking, meticulous instruction must be given by experienced personnel, e.g. from CGM HMS. The operating manual, and in particular the section headed "Fundamental Safety Instructions", must have been read and understood.

Only such persons may start up the machine during assembly work in order to adjust the attachments.

Incorrect operation of the machine or the attachments may give rise to life-threatening situations.

Personal protective gear and working clothes Wear closely fitting working clothing when working on the machine. Loose, wide garments may catch on machine parts and result in injury.

Tools and auxiliaries Tools, hoists, slings, trestles and other devices must be in a reliable, safe state.

Metal splinters may cause injury when accessory bolts are being driven in or out. A brass or copper mandrel should therefore be used for this purpose, and goggles must be worn.

Use only the steps, platforms and handrails when climbing onto or off the machine.

Always keep steps and platforms in a non-slip state. Remove any oil, grease, earth, clay, snow, ice and other foreign matter immediately.

Securing the working equipment Stand working equipment on the ground in such a way that no movements can be made if mechanical or hydraulic connections become detached.

Secure any equipment or component which is to be mounted or dismantled, or whose position is to be changed, with hoists or appropriate slinging/supporting devices to prevent them from moving, slipping or falling inadvertently.

Wear a safety helmet, safety footwear and gloves.

2-92

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation Securing the machine

Protective roof against falling objects

Carry out work on the attachment only if the machine is secured as described in the "Securing the machine" section.

The machine is equipped with an integrated cabprotection roof (FOPS).

Selecting the attachments The machine can be equipped with various attachments. The components of the attachments are assembled with hydraulic cylinders and connectors. Components can be combined in various ways for optimum adaptation of the attachments to the specific application.

Operate the machine only with the equipment and component combinations expressly approved by CGM HMS for this type of machine.

Never install and commission other equipment and component combinations without CGM HMS first having inspected and approved the project in writing.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-93

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation Securing the machine Risk of injury

Secure the machine as described below:  before carrying out any fitting and modification work on the working equipment,

The machine must not be started by unauthorized persons.



Therefore, secure the machine.

 Park the machine on level and stable ground.

Observe the accident prevention regulations.

Protective shrouds of moving machine parts may only be opened or removed when the drive unit is stationary and protected against inadvertent starting.

Before carrying out fitting works, the machine and the equipment must be protected against inadvertent starting by placing chocks under the tracks and by standing the working equipment on the ground.

before carrying out any servicing and repair work on the machine.

 Lock the superstructure.  Stand the working equipment on the ground.  Shut off the engines.  Depressurize the hydraulic system.  Withdraw the key from the key-switch.

Hydraulic and lubricating systems Depressurize pipeline systems, on which work is to be carried out, by appropriate measures.

Close all open bores, pipe and hose connections with pressure-resistant plugs.

Refill collected hydraulic oil back into the hydraulic system only through the return-flow filters. Dispose of non re-usable oils without polluting the environment.

All components of CGM HMS machines have been carefully purpose-coordinated. Trouble-free operation and a long service life can only be achieved with original CGM HMS spare parts.

Respect the sequence of working operations when fitting or replacing the attachments. The sequence has been determined and tested by qualified experts.

2-94

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation CORROSION PROTECTION FOR PINS AND BEARINGS (BUSHINGS AND HUBS) Use "GLEITMO 815" anti-corrosive agent only.

Other agents are not approved by CGM HMS All pins and bearings (bushings and hubs) of the working equipment or in equipment componenents must be treated with "GLEITMO 815" anticorrosive agent before fitting.

Doing so  permits easy fitting and dismantling 

protects against rust, oxidation and similar wear



prevents seizing and fretting corrosion in nonmoving parts of bearings.

This is achieved by aluminium and copper particles forming a protective layer on the metal. This layer removes surface irregularities and does not sweat, seize or harden.

Application of GLEITMO 815  Clean off grease, oil, dirt and corrosion protection agents from pins and bearings using white spirit or diesel fuel.

Rust patches must be thoroughly removed, if any.

All parts must present a dry, bright metal surface.  Apply a thin layer of GLEITMO 815 on pins and all bearings using a brush or a spray can.

Pin shafts and bearings must be completely co-vered by the protective layer.

If the protective layer of a pin already treated with GLEITMO 815 is damaged, these areas must be touched up before fitting the part.  Fitting and securing of pins If the pin is too heavy to be fitted manually, apply GLEITMO 815 at first only on abt. a quarter of the pin's length Then position pin by means of a lifting gearready for fitting.

Apply GLEITMO 815 on the remaining length of pin shaft, fit pin and secure.

Part no. for "GLEITMO 815" is 2764305, available from CGM HMS Spare-Parts Service

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-95

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation

2-96

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation NOTES ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................................

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

2-97

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Operation

2-98

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing 3 INSPECTION AND SERVICING

Operating instructions

Target group

Part 1 INTRODUCTION FUNDAMENTAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Operating personnel + Inspection and servicing personnel + Repair personnel

Part 2 OPERATION

Operating personnel The operating personnel must have knowhow relevant to the operation and the application of this or comparable machines.

Part 3 INSPECTION AND SERVICING Part 4 REPAIR WORK

Inspection and servicing personnel The inspection and servicing personnel must have know-how relevant to the inspection and servicing of this or comparable machines.

Repair personnel The repair personnel must have know-how and experience relevant to the repair of this or comparable machines.

Part 5 ANNEX

Part 6 INDEX

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

Operating personnel + Inspection and servicing personnel + Repair personnel Operating personnel + Inspection and servicing personnel + Repair personnel

3-1

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing

3-2

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing INSPECTION AND SERVICING SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS Operating manual No inspection and servicing work must be carried out until the operating manual has been read and understood.

Pay special attention to: „Fundamental safety instructions" and all warnings and safety instructions attached to the machine.

The operating manual lists all jobs to be done. The descriptions of job sequences, however, provide only Experienced personnel with the necessary instructions.

The operating manual must be kept with the machine at all times.

Inspection and servicing personnel Inspection and servicing personnel must have the necessary know-how on the inspection and servicing of this or comparable machines.

The necessary know-how can be acquired in a several day's instruction, e.g. by an CGM HMS mechanic or by attending an CGM HMS training course.

Securing the working equipment Stand working equipment on the ground in such a way that no movements can be made if mechanical or hydraulical connections become detached.

Secure any equipment or component which is to be mounted or dismantled, or whose position is to be changed, with hoists or appropriate slinging / supporting devices to prevent them from moving, slipping or falling inadvertently.

Securing the machine Carry out servicing work only if the machine is secured as described in the section "Securing the machine".

Climbing onto and off the machine Use only the ladders, steps, platforms and handrails provided when climbing onto or off the machine.

Always keep ladders, steps, platforms and handrails in a non-slip, safe state and remove any oil, grease, soil, clay, snow, ice and other foreign matter immediately.

Always face the machine when climbing on and off.

Checking the state of tools Personal protective equipment and working clothing

Use only fully functional, reliable tools.

Wear closely fitting working clothing when working on the machine. Loose, wide garments may catch on machine parts and result in injury.

Wrenches of the wrong size, for example, may slip and cause injury.

Select the right tool for the job.

Wear a safety helmet, safety footwear, gloves and, in the event of high noise levels, ear protectors.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-3

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Cleaning jobs

Fastening and securing elements

Prior to commencing work, clean your working area, if necessary and possible, with a stream jet (rubber parts and electric components with compressed air - refer to information label).

Check fastening and securing elements, e.g. bolts, nuts, washers, before using them again.

Use only lint-free cleaning rags when working on the hydraulic system or the engines.

Cleaning agents and solvents may give off harmful, readily flammable vapours. Never work with such agents except on well ventilated premises; never inhale the vapours and never smoke.

Prevent solvents and cleaning agents from coming into contact with your skin.

Wear gloves.

Observe the instructions on the packaging.

Replace any damaged parts.

Spare parts Use only the original sparts parts of CGM HMS. They are the only ones to fulfill the technical specifications of the machine.

Handling oils and greases Hot lubricant or hydraulic oil emerging uncontrolled from the system may result in severe burns.

Never set foot withing reach of the emerging oil jet.

Handling flammable liquids When handling flammable liquids:  never smoke, 

keep away from unshielded light sources and naked flames,

Avoid contact with the skin. Wear gloves and firm protective clothing.

Used oil may be harmful to the skin.

Clean soiled skin thoroughly with warm soapy water and apply a barrier cream. Never use fuels or solvents for cleaning the skin.

Fuel and other consumables often have low flash points and are readily ignited. Never attempt to extinguish burning liquids with water.

If you have swallowed any oil, avoid vomiting but consult a doctor immediately.

Use:  dry powder,

Visisble oil losses



carbon dioxide or



foam extinguishers.

Water used for extinguishing purposes would vapourize instantaneously on contact with burning substances and spread burning oil, for example, over a wide area. Water generates short circuits in the electrical system, possibly producing hazards.

Have any visible leakage repaired immediately.

Escaping oil is an environmental hazard.

Soak up any oil that has escaped with a binding agent.

Sweep up binding agent and dispose of it separately from other waste.

Notify the fire brigade.

3-4

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Relieving residual pressure in the hydraulic system

Screwed connections, piping, hydraulic hoses

Only unpressurized hydraulic systems may be opened. Even when a machine is parked on a horizontal surface with ist attachments supported on the ground and its driving motors switched off, there may still be substantial residual pressure in parts of the hydraulic system, e.g. primary pressure from the last hydraulic movements prior to stopping the machine.

Repair any leakage in the piping and hose system immediately.

Residual pressure is reduced only gradually. If an intervention into the hydraulic system is to be undertaken immediately after stopping, the system must be depressurzized: (do not leave the driver's seat)  Stand working equipment on the ground,  Shut off the engines,

A fine, highly pressurized jet of hydraulic oil can penetrate the skin.

Never search for leakages with the fingers, but use a piece of cardboard and always wear goggles.

If oil has penetrated into the skin, consult a doctor immediately.

Never repair damaged piping; always replace them.

Replace hydraulic hoses immediately on detecting any damage or moist areas.

Tighten leaking screw plugs only when the system is depressurized.

Escaping oil is an environmental hazard.

 Move all control levers and pedals repeatedly into all ndirections.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-5

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Non-polluting disposal

Seals

Dispose of oils, greases, cooling liquids, detergents, solvents and oil-containing components, such as filters, cleaning rags, replaced wearing parts and unusable machine parts, without polluting the environment and separately from other waste.

After replacing parts or after opening housings replace seals. Always use new seals and gaskets.

Clean sealing faces prior to assembly.

Do not dispose of these substances together with household wastes.

Never process spares containing asbestos mechanically. Inhaling asbestos dust is a health hazard.

Fill these substances into the containers provided for such purposes.

Like any other oil, also bio-degradable, "environmental-friendly" hydraulic oil must be disposed of separately.

Do not allow oils and oily wastes to penetrate into the soil or into water. They are an environmental hazard.

Used pressure vessels for cold-starting fluid (ether) must be disposed of properly. Contact the supplier with regard to disposal / return of the vessels.

Even apparently empty pressure vessels can contain rests of ether and therefore explode if they are damaged or heated up above 49°C / 120°F. They must therefore be handled in the same way as full pressure vessels.  Do not keep them on the machine. 

Do not damage or open the vessels.



Do not expose the vessels to great heat or direct sunlight.



Do not dispose of in fire.



Keep the vessels in a place inaccessible to unauthorized persons.



Dispose of the vessels properly.

3-6

Individual spares may contain asbestos. Such spares or their packaging are marked with:

Clean sealing faces prior to assembly.

Engine exhaust gases Start and operate combustion engines only on well-ventilated premises.

In closed rooms, exhaust gases must be evacuated to the outside; Do not work on the exhaust system and do not make any modifications to it; Exhaust gases from diesel engines and some of their constituents may cause cancer, birth defects and other reproductive harm.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Handling batteries

Handling of cold-starting fluid (ether)

Battery Posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to cause cancer and reproductive harm.

Wash hands after handling.

The engine compartment can be equipped with pressure vessels containing cold-starting fluid (ether).

Batteries give off explosive gases.

Never handle batteries close to naked flames and unshielded light sources, never smoke.

Ether is toxic and highly flammable; the vessels are under pressure. These pressure vessels can explode if exposed to high temperatures (above 49°C / 120°F) or in the event of damage.

Battery acid is toxic and corrosive.

Protect the pressure vessels against damage before beginning to work in or close to the engine compartment.

Avoid any contact with the skin, mouth, eyes and clothing. Avoid spilling battery acid or inhaling the vapours.

Read and observe the instructions on the pressure vessels.

Wear gloves, firm protective clothing and goggles when handling batteries.

If the skin is splashed with acid, rinse thoroughly with running water and consult a doctor.

If the eyes are splashed with acid, rinse thoroughly with running water and consult a doctor immediately.

For further details please refer to the instructions and safety data-sheets of the manufacturer / supplier of pressure vessels with cold starting fluid (ether).

Provide for sufficient ventilation.

Do not eat, drink or smoke when replacing an empty vessel.

Do not inhale the vapours of escaping cold-starting fluid.

Never set tools down on the battery. They may induce a short circuit, causing irreparable damage to the battery and injuring persons.

In contact with the skin, ether can cause frostbites and irritations. Avoid skin contact.

Never wear metal necklaces, bracelets or watchstraps when working on the battery. The metal parts may induce a short-circuit resulting in burns.

Even apparently empty pressure vessels can still contain rests of ether and therefore explode if they are damaged or heated up above 49°C. They must therefore be handled in the same way as full pressure vessels.  Do not keep them on the machine.

Dispose of used batteries separately from other waste in the interests of environmental protection.

Wear suitable protective gloves and goggles.

Before working on the electrical system



Do not damage or open the vessels.

Before performing work on the electrical system where tools, spare parts, etc. can come into contact with electrical conductors or contacts, the battery must be disconnected.



Do not expose the vessels to great heat or direct sunlight.



Do not dispose of in fire.



Keep the vessels in a place inaccessible to unauthorized persons.



Dispose of the vessels properly.

Disconnect first the negative and then the positive terminal.

After the work: Reconnect first the positive and then the negative terminal.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-7

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Selecting oils and greases

After servicing

Use the recommended qualities only, matching viscosities with the temperature level.

To prevent corrosion, coat all bright metal parts with a grease film.

Filters Replace / clean all filter elements or filter cartridges within the specified periods.

All filters are coordinated carefully with the equipment. Original CGM HMS parts must be used to ensure smooth running and a long service life of the engine and the hydraulic units.

On completing work, re-install all protective devices.

Never start up the drive motors while work is being done on the machine.

Carry out performance tests with the machine.

Sealing elements When dismantling parts, watch for sealing elements.

Check sealing elements prior to installation and replace any that are even slightly damaged.

When assembling, ensure a perfect fit.

Oil-level check and oil change Position the machine horizontally.

Change the oil when the machine is at operating temperature. Warm oil flows better and carries suspended particles (carbon or abraded matter) better.

Lubricating Clean the lubricating nipple, then lubricate as scheduled.

3-8

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing INSPECTION AND SERVICING WORK, FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD Safety instructions Prior to commencing work, obtain informationon the national and corporate rules for the prevention of accidents and avoiding fires.

Pay particular attention to hazards caused by combustible and easily flammable substances.

Obtain information on the safe handling of the fire extinguishers to be used.

Avoid smoking and open fire on, next to and below the excavator.

Place suitable fire guardings (fire barriers) if open fire or flying sparks cannot be avoided during repair work.

If necessary, also cover the ground with fireprotective blankets.

Apply special protection to cables, cable ducts as well as to hose and pipe lines.

Have all your welding, flame cutting and grinding work approved before starting work.

The engine compartment can be equipped with pressure vessels containing cold-starting fluid (ether). Ether is toxic and highly flammable; the vessels are under pressure. These pressure vessels can explode if exposed to high temperatures (above 49°C / 120°F) or in the event of damage.

Protect the pressure vessels against damage before beginning to work in or close to the engine compartment.

Ensure sufficient ventilation.

Even battery gases can ignite in open flames or fire.

Do not keep any fire extinguishers that are not suitable or have not been tested.

Combustible and easily or highly inflammable substances or liquids increase the risk of fire and explosion. This is also valid for pressure vessels containing flammable substances as, for instance, spray oil or cold-starting fluid (ether). They are heat-sensitive and can explode even if exposed only to intensive sunlight.

Do not extinguish flammable liquids with water.

Use:  dry-powder, carbon-dioxide or foam extinguishing compounds.

These substance can also ignite themselves if they come close to hot units or objects as, for instance, a turbocharger.

Do not store these substances on the excavator. If combustible, easily or highly flammable substances or liquids were used during maintenance operations, they must be completely removed from the excavator at the end of the work.

When getting into contact with burning substances, the fire-fighting water would abruptly evaporate and distribute the substance such as oil over a wide area. Water causes short-circuits in the electrical system thus possibly entailing new hazards.

Call the fire brigade.

Clean the excavator carefully after the maintenance, if oil, grease, fuel, detergents or coldstarting fluid have been spilt over the machine. If possible, use a steam-jet cleaner for cleaning.

Avoid parking the excavator in places where  combustible substances such as coal dust or tar are present. 

open or smouldering fire may occur.

Remove the excavator from such an area where combustible or easily flammable liquids have spilled from the excavator onto the ground.

Flying sparks (caused by welding, flame cutting, grinding, electrical short-circuit) may cause fire on the ground that can spread to the excavator.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-9

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing

3-10

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing INSPECTION AND SERVICING PLANS - INSTRUCTIONS Intervals The inspection and Servicing plan lists all jobs which have to be done on the machine at regular intervals.

The individual inspection and Servicing plans are marked with letters providing a link between the operating hours (OH) recorded by the hours-run meter of the machine and the inspection and sServicing plans.

Plan V N

Do all jobs .... ...once prior to initial commissioning. ...after initial commissioning and during the running-in period (after 100OH). ...every 10 OH or every working shift 1) T ...every 60 OH or weekly . 2 W ...after every 250 OH. A ...after every 500 OH. B ...after every 1000 OH. C ...after every 5000 OH. D ...after every 10000 OH. E OH = Bh = Operating hours

Change of engine oil The intervals stated for changing the engine oil apply to fuels with a sulphur content of ≤ 0.5% and a permanent ambient temperature down to –10° C (14 °F).

In case of higher sulphur content and/or a permanent ambient temperature of below –10° C (14 °F), shorter intervals are required.

Air-intake system The air filter must be serviced only if the BCS so indicates. Replace the filter elements after one year at the latest.

Oils / Greases For the specification of oils and greases to be used refer to the "Lubricants" section.

The numerals mentioned in the "Oil / Grease" column in the inspection and Servicing plans have the following meaning: Oils for combustion engines and comI pressors Oils for hydraulic systems II Oils for gearboxes IIIa, b Greases for bearings and swing rings V

Cleaning jobs Cleaning jobs, especially on cooling systems, must be done at shorter intervals if the machine is exposed to severe dust build-up.

Components The maintenance intervals for components, e.g. engine and gearbox, are listed in the following CGM HMS maintenance schedules.

It is possible that the manufacturer's documentation for these components states intervals deviating from the above-mentioned intervals.

In such case, only the maintenance intervals specified by CGM HMS shall apply.

If the engine oil change intervals are not reached within 6 months, the oil must be changed at least after 6 months.

2

Whichever comes first.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-11

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing

3-12

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Plan V Plan V - Once prior to initial commissioning Page 1 of 2 Location

Servicing work

Engine Cooling system Cooling liquid Electrical system Battery Lighting Monitoring, warning and control elements

Check oil level

BCS Hydraulic system

Hydraulic oil reservoir Hydraulic cylinders Pump tranfer gearbox - Pre-chambers - Expansion reservoir Swing gearbox Travel gearbox Swing ring Internal gearing

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

Quantity/ No. 2

Check

2

Check liquid level Check operation Check function of monitoring, warning and control elements Check emergency OFF function Check function Check function of working and travelling movement Check pressure (see: Technical handbook) Check oil level Vent (see: chapter “Venting hydraulic system“) Check oil level

4

1

2

Check oil level Check oil level Check oil level

2 2 2

Check grease filling

1

3-13

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing

Plan – V Once prior to initial commissioning Page 2 of 2 Location Undercarriage Track roller Support roller Track Idler Central lubricating system Grease container Greasing and pause cycles Level control Service – Station (tanklift) Air conditioner (optional) Compressor Hydraulic ladder - Lubricating points All lines, fittings and connections All articutated joints and hinges

3

Servicing work

Quantity/ No.

Check for leaks and free movement Check grease filling, fill in grease 3 Check for leaks and free movement Check grease filling, fill in grease3 Check pressure (see „Technical Handbook“) Check for leaks and free movement

2x8 2x2 2 2

Check filling level Check setting Check function Check operation Check oil level Lubricate Inspect visually for leaks, wearing marks Grease

Valid for machines with automatic greasing system for the undercarriage

3-14

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Plan N Plan N – After initial commissioning and during the running-in period (After 100 OH) Page 1 of 2 Location

Servicing work

After 100 OH Engine V-belts, Poly-V-belts - Bearing, Fastening bolts Cooling system Cooling liquid

Check tension, check condition Check for tightness

Radiator - Bearing - Fastening bolts Hydraulic system Oil cooler - Bearing - Fastening bolts Return-flow filter Magnetic rod Pressure accumulator – emergency lowering Pressure accumulator - ramp-type ladder (optional) Pump transfer gearbox - Pre-chambers - Fastening bolts Swing gearbox - Fastening bolts Travel gearbox Fastening bolts

4

Quantity/ No.

Carry out cooling liquid analysis after 500 OH (see: Engine Operating Instructions)

Check for tightness

Check for tightness Replace Clean Check function Check function Change oil Change oil Check for tightness Change oil Check for tightness Change oil Check for tightness

4 1 1 1 24 24 24 24

see: “Refilling quantities – Oil“ table

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-15

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Plan N – After initial commissioning and during the running-in period (After 100 OH) Page 2 of 2 Location Swing ring Fastening bolts (swing ring, undercarriage and superstructure) Superstructure Fastening bolts, especially at superstructure / pedestal / driver´s cab All lines, fittings and connections

3-16

Servicing work

Quantity/ No.

Check for tightness (see: “Technical handbook”) Check for tightness (see: “Technical handbook”) Inspect visually for leaks, wearing marks

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Plan T and W Plan T - Every 10 OH or every working shift (whichever comes first) Plan W - Every 60 OH or every working week (whichever comes first) Page 1 of 2 Location

Servicing work

Engine Engine monitoring (Board Control System) Cooling system Cooling fluid level Radiator Fuel system Fuel filter Water trap (optional) Fuel tanks

Check oil level

Air-intake system Intake and clean-air lines Electrical system Lighting Switchgear cabinet - Breather filter - Dust trap - EMERGENCY OFF button Monitoring, warning and control elements BCS Hydraulic system

Hydraulic oil reservoir Oil cooler Fan wheel Pump transfer gearbox - Expansion reservoir

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

Quantity/ No. 2

Plan T 

Plan W 





2 2

 

 

2x1 2x1 2x1

  

  

Check monitoring display Check Check / clean Drain off water Drain off water Drain off water and sediment (if necessary) Check BCS – indication Check for tightness and leaks Check operation

Remove dust Check function Check function of monitoring, warning and control elements Check function Check function of working and travelling movement Inspect visually for leaks Check oil level Check / clean Check condition Check oil level Check oil level

 

1 





  

 

 

1 4

1 2 2 2 2

 

     

3-17

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Plan T - Every 10 OH or every working shift (whichever comes first) Plan W - Every 60 OH or every working week (whichever comes first) Page 2 of 2 Location

Servicing work

Swing gearbox Travel gearbox Undercarriage Tracks

Check oil level Check for leaks Inspect track tension visually

Track roller

Check for leaks and free movement

2x8



Support roller

Check for leaks and free movement

2x2



Idler

Check for leaks and free movement

2



Central lubricating system Grease container Lubricating points

Plan T  

Plan W  

2





Check filling level Check visually (see: “Air Conditioning manual) Check condition Check control module

Air conditioner (optional) Fire extinguisher Automatic fire-extinguishing system (optional) All lines, fittings and connections Inspect visually for leaks, wearing marks Inspect visually, overall cleaning Excavator

3-18

Quantity/ No. 2 2

1 2 1





  

   



 

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Plan A – E Plan A – after every 250 OH (at 250, 750, 1250 … OH)

Plan B – after every 500 OH (at 500, 1500, 2500 … OH)

Plan C – after every 1000 OH (at 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000 … OH)

Plan D – after every 5000 OH (at 5000, 15000, 25000 … OH)

Plan E – after every 10000 OH (at 10000, 20000, 30000, … OH)

Page 1 of 6 Location

Servicing work

Servicing in acc. with W or T Monitoring, warning and control elements - Joystick - Control spool, cardan joint, Grease lightly plate - Pedal - Control spool Grease lightly (machine with loading shovel) - Control spool Grease lightly (machine with backhoe bucket)

5

Quant. / No.

Plan Plan Plan Plan Plan A B C D E     

2x45







3x25







2x25







apply a thin layer of low temperature grease

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-19

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Plan A – after every 250 OH (at 250, 750, 1250 … OH)

Plan B – after every 500 OH (at 500, 1500, 2500 … OH)

Plan C – after every 1000 OH (at 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000 … OH)

Plan D – after every 5000 OH (at 5000, 15000, 25000 … OH)

Plan E – after every 10000 OH (at 10000, 20000, 30000, … OH) Page 2 of 6 Location Servicing in acc. with W or T Engine Inspection and servicing

Oil filter V-belt V-belt - Bearing - Fastening bolts - Rubber bearing Crank case breather Groundscrew engine electronics Starter Water pump Turbo charger

Servicing work

Plan Plan Plan Plan Plan A B C D E     

See: “Engine Operating Instructions”

2











Carry out analysis of engine oil Change oil Clean Replace Check tension Check condition

2x1











26





2x2



  

    

    

    

 

   

   

   

  

  

  

  

Check tightness Check condition Clean Check, clean, fasten Check Check Check

After 3000 OH:

See: Engine Operating Instructions

Crankshaft Electronic Unit Injector Engine speed sensors Engine timing sensors Engine Valve Lash Engine Valve Rotators

Inspect Vibration damper Inspect/Adjust Check/Clean/Adjust Check/Clean/Adjust Inspect/Adjust Inspect

6

Quant. / No.

2x1 2x1



see: “Refilling quantities – Oil“ table

3-20

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Plan A - after every 250 OH (at 250, 750, 1250 ... OH)

Plan B - after every 500 OH (at 500, 1500, 2500 ... OH)

Plan C - after every 1000 OH (at 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000 ... OH)

Plan D - after every 5000 OH (at 5000, 15000, 25000 ... OH)

Plan E - after every 10000 OH (at 10000, 20000, 30000, ... OH) Page 3 of 6 Location

Servicing work

Cooling system Radiator - Check tightness - Fastening bolts - Rubber bearing Cooling liquid ELC (see: Engine Operating Instructions)

Inspect visually for leaks Clean

Anti-freeze Lines Hose clamps Fuel system Fuel filter Primary fuel filter Water trap (optional) Air-intake system Main filter element Safety filter element Air-intake line and clean-air line Intercooler Hoses Electrical system Battery cable connections Battery Switchgear cabinet - Breather filter - Filter element

Quant. / No.

Plan Plan Plan Plan Plan A B C D E  

Check tightness Check condition Carry out cooling liquid analysis (after 1 year at the latest) Change Check Check for leaks Check tightness

17

Replace Replace Clean

2x1 2x1 2x1

Check / replace Replace Check for tightness and leaks

2x18 2x19

Check / clean Replace Check for tightness Check fluid level

4

Clean Replace

1 1

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

   





  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  







 

 



 

 

 

 





 

 

7

Cooling-liquid (ELC) replacement after 6000 OH.

8

Replacement of main filter element after one year resp. after 3 cleaning cycles

9

Replacement of safety filter element after one year resp. after 3 cleaning cycles of the main filter element at the latest BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-21

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing

Plan A - after every 250 OH (at 250, 750, 1250 ... OH)

Plan B - after every 500 OH (at 500, 1500, 2500 ... OH)

Plan C - after every 1000 OH (at 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000 ... OH)

Plan D - after every 5000 OH (at 5000, 15000, 25000 ... OH)

Plan E - after every 10000 OH (at 10000, 20000, 30000, ... OH) Page 4 of 6 Location

Servicing work

Hydraulic system

Check pressure (see: Technical handbook)

Oil cooler - Bearing - Fastening bolts - Rubber bearing Return-flow filter High-pressure filter Magnetic rod Bypass valve Filter (pilot control circuit)

Filter (control circuit)

Breather filter Hydraulic oil reservoir Pressure accumulator Cylinder (seals and guide rings)

10

Quant. / No.

  

  

  

2 2 1

 

  

  

2 2x1

 

 

 



 

 



  

    

Check for tightness Check condition Replace

4

Check / clean Replace Check / clean Check / clean filter sieve Check for contamination and damage Replace Check for contamination and damage Replace Replace Carry out oil analysis Change oil Check pressure (see: Technical handbook) Replace

Plan Plan Plan Plan Plan A B C D E   

2x1 1 1 2 1 1

10 11

1





see: “Refilling quantities – Oil“ table

11

Unless it is regulary analyzed, the hydraulic oil must be changed every 5000 OH or after 3 years at the latest

3-22

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing

Plan A - after every 250 OH (at 250, 750, 1250 ... OH)

Plan B - after every 500 OH (at 500, 1500, 2500 ... OH)

Plan C - after every 1000 OH (at 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000 ... OH)

Plan D - after every 5000 OH (at 5000, 15000, 25000 ... OH)

Plan E - after every 10000 OH (at 10000, 20000, 30000, ... OH) Page 5 of 6 Location

Servicing work

Pump transfer gearbox

Carry out oil analysis Change oil Clean Replace Carry out oil analysis Check oil level Change oil Clean Replace Carry out oil analysis Change oil Replace Check grease filling Check condition Check for tightness (see: Technical Handbook)

- Breather filter Travel gearbox

Magnetic rod Breather filter Swing gearbox - Breather filter Swing ring Gearing / pinion Fastening bolts (swing ring, undercarriage and superstructure) Undercarriage Diaphragm accumulator - Diaphragm Track fastening bolts

Check wear (see: Technical Handbook) Check pressure (see: Technical handbook) Replace (see: Technical Handbook) Check for tightness (see: Technical Handbook)

Quant. / No. 2 2 12 13 2x1 2x1 2 2 2 13 2x1 2x1 2 2 13 2x1 1

2





















2

12

In case of using BM Gear oil CLP 220 LT CGM HMS P/N 6 002 885: Oil analysis after 1000 OH Oil change after 2000 OH

13

see: “Refilling quantities – Oil“ table

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

Plan Plan Plan Plan Plan A B C D E                                               



3-23

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing

Plan A - after every 250 OH (at 250, 750, 1250 ... OH)

Plan B - after every 500 OH (at 500, 1500, 2500 ... OH)

Plan C - after every 1000 OH (at 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000 ... OH)

Plan D - after every 5000 OH (at 5000, 15000, 25000 ... OH)

Plan E - after every 10000 OH (at 10000, 20000, 30000, ... OH) Page 6 of 6 Location

Servicing work

Central lubricating system

Check function

Oilfilter (hydraulic circuit grea- Check for contamination and se pump) damage Replace Grease filter (filling grease Check for contamination and container), optional damage Replace Grease filter (grease lines) Check for contamination and damage Replace Breather filter Check, replace (see: Air conditioner manual) Air conditioner resp. heating - Air suction - Filter mat

Clean, replace if damaged

Quant. / No.

Plan Plan Plan Plan Plan A B C D E    

1







1 1



 

 

1 2



 

 

2 1 1



 

 







3





























 

 

 

Ramp-type ladder (optional) - Greasing points

Lubricate

Steel components

Visual inspection acc. to "Structural Inspection Report every 500 OH" 14 If any suspect areas have been found additional testing is required: For detailed crack analysis prepare the surface of the relevant area to be inspected and carry out the dye penetrant, magnetic powder or ultrasonic test.

Modules – Fastening bolts All articulated joints and hinges

Check for tightness Grease

14

"Structural Inspection Reports" for inspections every 500 OH can be downloaded from the CGM HMS website www.bucyrus-HEX.de, section "Support, Warranty".

3-24

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-25

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing LUBRICATING CHART – GREASE

Fig. 3-1:

3-26

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Lubricating chart – Grease (legend) No. Greasing point 1 2

Number

Lubricant properties

Central lubricating system – grease container Hydraulic ladder (optional) Monitoring, warning and control elements

1 1

V 15 V 15

- Joystick: plate, cardan joint, control spool - Pedal: control spool

2 x 4 16 3 x 2 16

V 15

Grease every .... operating hours 10 1000 1000 1000

All other greasing points are supplied with grease by the central lubricating system.

Filling quantities - Grease Greasing point Central lubricating system – grease container (different containers available) Internal gearing – Roller-bearing swing ring Idler (permanent grease filling) Track rollers (permanent grease filling)

Support rollers (permanent grease filling)

15

see: "LUBRICANTS" section.

16

apply a thin layer of low temperature grease

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

Lubricant properties

V 15 Tribol CGM HMS part no.

2764564

Filling quant. in kg lb appr. 180 / appr. 397 / appr. 500 appr. 1102 appr. 100 appr. 220.5 2 x appr. 3,3 2 x appr.

7.3 16 x appr. 2 16 x appr.

4.4 4 x appr. 1.3

4 x appr. 3

3-27

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing INSPECTION PLAN - OIL

Fig. 3-2:

3-28

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Inspection plan – Oil (legend) No. Location

17

Number

Lubricant properties 17

I II III.a III.b III.a

1

Engine

2

2

Hydraulic system

1

3

Pump transfer gearbox

2

4

Swing gearbox

2

6

Travel gearbox

2

Check oil level every ... OH 10

Change oil every ... OH 250

10

10000 18

60

1000

10

1000

500

5000

see: "LUBRICANTS" section

18

Change hydraulic oil every 5000 OH unless the oil is analyzed at regular intervals, but not later than every 3 years.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-29

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Filling quantities - oil Location Engine (with filter changed) - without filter changed Hydraulic oil reservoir Hydraulic system Pump transfer gearbox

Filling quantity litres gal 2 x approx. 64 2 x approx. 16.9 2 x approx. 60 2 x approx. 15.8 approx. 2000 approx. 528 approx. 2500 approx. 660 2 x approx. 19 2 x approx. 5

Swing gearbox

2 x approx. 22

2 x approx. 5.8

Travel gearbox

2 x approx. 33

2 x approx. 8.8

Oil

I II III.a III.b III.a

Filling quantities - other Location

Filling quantity litres

gal

2 x approx. 85

2 x approx. 22.5

Fuel tank

2 x approx.

1600

2 x approx. 423

Screen washer

approx. 13

approx. 3.4

Cooling system - engine

3-30

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing LUBRICANTS, CONSUMABLES

Avoid mixing of different hydraulic fluids

Notes on the selection of oils and greases

The machine has been run in at the factory with BM Long Term Hydraulic Fluid HSS (Part-No. 2482971). CGM HMS recommends using this high-grade hydraulic fluid also in operation as it has been made especially for use in these machines to which it is also perfectly adapted.

Original CGM HMS oils and greases Besides regular and careful maintenance, the quality of the oils and greases used in the machine has a decisive influence on high performance, reliability and long service life of a machine and of its units and assemblies.

The lubricants tables in the CGM HMS Operating Instructions contain specifications for the oils and greases that are approved for use in CGM HMS machines. These oils and greases are especially adapted to CGM HMS machines and their units and assemblies.

Other oils and greases which do not fulfil the requirements of the specifications can be the cause of premature wear or of damage to and failures of machine units and assemblies.

For this reason, CGM HMS only approves the use of the specified oils and greases.

All other qualities are not approved.

Alternative oils and greases The oils and greases filled into the machine must meet at least the specifications mentioned in the lubricants tables of the CGM HMS Operating Instructions.

In the event of damage to the machine or to its units and assemblies caused by the use of alternative oils and greases that are not compatible with CGM HMS specifications, CGM HMS does not assume any responsibility and does not accept any warranty claims.

If oil analyses are performed regularly and with positive results, the BM Long Term Hydraulic Fluid can remain in the machine for up to 10 000 operating hours.

If an alternative hydraulic fluid is to be used, it must fulfil the same specifications. Please note that the change interval for alternative fluids is fixed at 5 000 operating hours.

There is an increased risk of damage to hydraulic components, if different hydraulic fluids are mixed during topping up as well as when changing over to a fluid of a different type or from another manufacturer.

For topping up, it is therefore necessary to use only same hydraulic fluid as the one that is already in the hydraulic system.

When changing over to an alternative hydraulic fluid, please observe that there is always a small amount of old fluid remaining in the hydraulic system even after the system has been emptied. The mixing of this residual amount of old fluid with the new alternative fluid reduces the properties of the fluid dramatically and can cause damage to components of the hydraulic system in operation.

To avoid this result, the change-over to the alternative fluid must be performed in strict compliance with the manufacturer's prescriptions. The manufacturer must confirm that his hydraulic fluid is compatible with the BM Long Term Hydraulic Fluid.

The remaining amount of old fluid must not exceed 2% of the total volume. This can only be achieved by repeated flushing with the total fluid volume.

If the remaining amount of fluid exceeds 2% of the total volume, the fluid becomes a detrimental "mixed fluid".

The operation of the system with mixed fluids must by all means be avoided.

CGM HMS assumes no warranty for damage caused as a result of the machine having been operated with consumables of inappropriate specification or with mixed fluids.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-31

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing

I.

Oils for combustion engines

Fig. 3-3:

3-32

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing

II.

Fluid for hydraulic system

Fig. 3-4:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-33

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing III.a Oils for pump distribution gearboxes and travel gearboxes

Fig. 3-5:

3-34

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing III.b Oils for swing gearboxes

Fig. 3-6:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-35

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing V. Grease for bearings, swing rings and track system (Central lubrication system)

Fig. 3-7:

3-36

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Greases for idlers, track rollers and support rollers (Lifetime lubrication)

Fig. 3-8:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-37

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Coolant for use on all combustion engines

Fig. 3-9:

3-38

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing SERVICING WORK Hose line for oil and cooling liquid changes Collect escaping oil and cooling liquid and discard without polluting the environment.

The engines, the hydraulic oil reservoir, the pump transfer gearboxes, the swing gearboxes and the radiators (engine cooling liquid) are moreover equipped with automatic drain valves (1, Fig. 3-11:).

These automatic drain valves permit oil- and cooling-liquid changes without polluting the environment.

Carry out oil changes when the machine is at operating temperature; warm oil drains away more easily.

Filling and draining is can be done by means of a hose through the service station (tanklift) (Fig. 3-10:).

For filling and draining, a flexible hose is connected to the express coupling on the service station and to the service vehicle at the other end.

The filling operations require an overpressure, whereas the draining operations require low pressure.

Fig. 3-11:

Change oil or cooling liquid as follows:  Place a collecting recipient for used oil or cooling liquid under the corresponding automatic drain valve. For the recipient capacity refer to the "Refilling quantities - Oil" table or to the "Refilling quantities - Other" table.  Unscrew protective cap from automatic drain valve.  Screw on hose line (2) to open the valve, so that the oil or the cooling liquid can flow out.

Fig. 3-10:

 When the oil or the cooling liquid has drained away, unscrew hose line to allow the valve to close automatically.  Screw protective cap back in place.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-39

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing ENGINE Engine - Safety instructions Start and operate combustion engines only on well-ventilated premises.

In closed rooms, exhaust gases must be evacuated to the outside.

Do not work on the exhaust system an do not make any modifications to it.

Exhaust gases from diesel engines and some of their constituents may cause cancer, birth defects and other reproductive harm.

Read and observe: "Inspection and Servicing – Safety Instructions" and the engine operating instructions.

Secure the machine as described in the "Securing the machine" section.

Risk of injury from hot or rotating parts of the engine.

Other servicing works are described in the engine manufacturer's operating instructions.

Shut off engines and allow to cool down.

Secure the machine as described in the "Securing the machine" section.

Protect the skin from potentially harmful contact with engine oil.

Wear protective gloves and firm working clothing.

3-40

The engine compartment can be equipped with pressure vessels containing cold-starting fluid (ether).

Ether is toxic and highly flammable; the vessels are under pressure. These pressure vessels can explode if exposed to high temperatures (above 49°C / 120°F) or in the event of damage. Protect the pressure vessels against damage before beginning to work in or close to the engine compartment.

Before cleaning the engines Exhaust pipes and turbo chargers in the engine compartments are covered with special heat-insulating material.

This material must not be spraywashed with steam-jet cleaners or high-pressure cleaners. It will be damaged. Therefore cover all the insulating material with plastic foils before using steam-jet cleaners or highpressure cleaners inside the engine compartments.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Checking the engine oil level / Topping up The engine oil temperature is constantly monitored by the BCS (1, Fig. 3-12:) when the machine is in operation. It can be displayed on the BCS screen.

The engine oil pressure is constantly displayed by the pressure gauges (2, Fig. 3-12:).

BCS and the oil pressure monitoring devices give acoustic warnings to the operator if the engine oil temperature too high or the oil pressure is too low.

 Park the machine on a horizontal surface and secure against inadvertent movements.  Shut off engines.  Draw out oil dipstick (Fig. 3-13:).  Wipe oil off the dipstick with a clean, lintfree cleaning rag and re-insert.Draw out dipstick a second time.

The oil level should now lie between the marks (arrows, Fig. 3-14:).

If the oil level is at the "min" mark or below, top up with engine oil through filler tube (Fig. 3-15:).

Fig. 3-12:

Fig. 3-14:

Fig. 3-13:

Fig. 3-15:

Engine oil can also be filled in from the service station (Fig. 3-16:) through  express coupling (8) for the lefthand engine 

express coupling (9) for the righthand engine

(see chapter "Changing the engine oil").

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-41

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Changing the engine oil Risk of scalding from hot engine oil.

Read and observe: "Inspection and servicing – Safety instructions".

The engines may also be hot. Wear protective gloves and firm working clothing.

Collect escaping oil and discard without polluting the environment.

Drawing off engine oil with the service station  Bring engine oil to operating temperature.  Park the machine on a horizontal surface and secure.  Shut off the engines.

Draw off the engine oil through  express coupling (8, Fig. 3-16:) for the lefthand engine 

express coupling (9) for the righthand engine.

 Unscrew cap of express coupling and connect hose line of the service vehicle.

The hose line and its use are described in the "Hose line for oil and cooling liquid change" section.

After the engine oil has been drawn off:  Replace the engine oil filter.  Remove the hose line. The express coupling closes automatically.  Screw on protective cap.

Fig. 3-16:

3-42

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Filling in engine oil  Fill in engine oil through filler tube (Fig. 3-17:) until the oil level has reached the "max" mark (Fig. 3-19:) on dipstick (Fig. 3-18:).

Fig. 3-19:

 Start the engines and allow to run at idling for abt. 2 minutes.

Fig. 3-17:

 Check oil level at dipstick (Fig. 3-18:) and top up with oil to the "max" mark (Fig. 3-19:) if required.

Fig. 3-18: Fig. 3-20:

Filling in engine oil through the service station Fill in engine oil through  express coupling (8, Fig. 3-20:) for the lefthand engine 

 Remove the filling hose.

The express coupling closes automatically.  Screw on protective cap.

express coupling (9) for the righthand engine

until the oil level has reached the "max." mark (Fig. 3-19:) on dipstick (Fig. 3-18:).  Unscrew cap of express coupling and connect filling hose of the service vehicle.

The hose line and its use are described in the "Hose line for oil and cooling liquid change" section.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-43

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Replacing the oil filters Risk of scalding from hot engine oil.

Read and observe: "Inspection and servicing – Safety instructions".

Oil filters Carry out servicing of the oil filters (1, Fig. 3-21:) in accordance with the engine operating instructions.

Replacement:  Shut off the engines.

The filter housing may also be hot. Wear protective gloves and firm working clothing.

 Unscrew the filters.

Collect escaping oil and discard with-out polluting the environment.

 Install new filter together with slightly oiled sealing ring and tighten by hand.

Fig. 3-21:

3-44

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Cold-starting fluid (ether) - Replacing the pressure vessel

If the machine is used in low temperatures, the engine may be equipped with a cold-starting device.

Read and observe: "Inspection and servicing Safety instructions"

The pressure vessel containing the cold-starting fluid (ether) can be installed in or near the engine compartment.

Risk of injury Cold-starting fluid is composed mainly of ether.

Ether is toxic when the mists and vapours are inhaled. Ether is harmful to the eyes, the skin, the respiratory system and the central nervous system.

Prolonged inhalation of ether can be fatal.

In contact with the skin, ether can cause frostbites and irritations.

Ether is toxic and highly flammable; the vessels are under pressure.

These pressure vessels can explode if exposed to high temperatures (above 49°C/ / 120°F) or in the event of damage.

Before replacing an empty pressure vessel: Read and observe the instructions on the pressure vessels.

The vessel is screwed onto an electro-mechanical metering valve. At temperatures below 0°C (32°F), this valve is activated automatically by the engine electronics and injects a precisely metered amount of cold-starting fluid into the air intake duct of the engine.

Replacing the pressure vessel:  Remove the clamp around the pressure vessel.  Unscrew the pressure vessel carefully from the metering valve.  Remove the used seal from the metering valve.  Insert a new seal into the valve (supplied with the new pressure vessel).  Screw the new pressure vessel onto the metering valve and tighten by hand.  Fasten the clamp round the pressure vessel.

For further details please refer to the instructions and safety data-sheets of the manufacturer / supplier of pressure vessels with cold starting fluid (ether).

Even apparently empty pressure vessels can contain rests of ether and therefore explode if they are damaged or heated up above 49°C / 120°F. They must therefore be handled in the same way as full pressure vessels.  Do not keep them on the machine.

Provide for sufficient ventilation of the surroundings.



Do not damage or open the vessels.



Do not expose the vessels to great heat or direct sunlight.



Do not dispose of in fire.



Keep the vessels in a place unaccessible to unauthorized persons.



Dispose of the vessels properly.

Do not eat, drink or smoke when replacing an empty vessel.

Do not inhale the vapours of escaping cold-starting fluid (ether).

Avoid skin contact. Wear suitable protective gloves and goggles.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-45

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing COOLING SYSTEM

Radiators

Risk of scalding from hot cooling liquid.

The radiators are located on the superstructure in the counterweight module.

Shut off the engines and allow to cool down.

Weekly checks:  Check radiator fins for dirt and clean, if required.

Read and observe: "Inspection and servicing - Safety instructions".

Secure the machine as described in the "Securing the machine" section.

Shut off the engines and allow to cool down.

Collect escaping cooling liquid and discard without polluting the environment.

Skin contact with cooling liquid is a potential health hazard. Protect the skin from contact with cooling liquid. Wear protective gloves and firm working clothing.

Temperature The cooling liquid circuit is controlled by a thermostat. The max. admissible temperature is ca. 100° C (212°F).

In case of higher temperatures, the BCS displays a warning on the screen (Fig. 3-22:).

Cooling-liquid level An insufficient cooling-liquid level is displayed on the BCS screen (Fig. 3-22:).

The level indicator (4, Fig. 3-23:) shows the liquid level.

The cooling-liquid level should be between the “FULL” and the “LOW” marking. Top up with cooling liquid, if required.

The radiator caps (1, Fig. 3-23:) are accessible from above.

Risk of scalding from hot cooling liquid. Open radiator cap cautiously.  Turn radiator cap (1) back to the first notch.  When the pressure has been released turn cap into the "open" position and remove.

Fig. 3-22: Fig. 3-23:

3-46

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Topping up cooling liquid Risk of scalding from hot cooling liquid. Open radiator cap cautiously.  Turn radiator cap (1, Fig. 3-24:) back to the first notch.

Do not fill in cold cooling liquid when the engine is at operating temperature.

Before refilling, allow engine to cool down to below 50° C (122°F).

 When the pressure has been released turn cap into the "open" position and remove.

For topping up of the cooling system use specially prepared cooling liquid CAT ELC, CGM HMS Part No. 2482777 only.

Fill cooling liquid through filler tube (1) or through express couplings (2 and 3, Fig. 3-25:) into the cooling system,  express coupling (2) for the lefthand engine,

This gives an anti-freeze protection down to -37 °C / -34.6°F.



express coupling (3) for the righthand engine.

For use at lower temperatures, ask the CGM HMS Service or your CAT-dealer.  Unscrew cap of express coupling. Connect the filling hose.

The hose line and its use are described in the "Hose line for oil and cooling liquid change" section.

After filling in cooling liquid allow the engines to run for short period to eliminate air voids before topping up with cooling liquid until the cooling liquid level is between the “FULL” and the “LOW” mark on the level indicator (4, Fig. 3-24:).  Remove hose from express coupling.

The express coupling closes automatically.  Screw on protective cap.

Fig. 3-24:

In case of significant cooling-liquid losses, the whole cooling system must be checked for leaks.

Check regularly:  All lines for leaks and all hose clamps for tightness.

Checking the SCA concentration (Only when used at this machine) Observe the instructions of the engine manufacturer with regard to the SCA concentration (see engine manufacturer's operating instructions).

Fig. 3-25:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-47

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Cooling liquid change Risk of scalding from hot cooling liquid.

Shut off the engines and allow to cool down.

Read and observe: Inspection and servicing – Safety instructions.

The radiators may also be hot. Wear protective gloves and firm working clothing.

Collect escaping cooling liquid and discard without polluting the environment.

The cooling liquid must be changed regularly and after 6000 operating hours at the latest.

Draining off cooling liquid  Shut off the engines.  Drain cooling liquid through express coupling (2, Fig. 3-26:) for the lefthand engine.  Drain cooling liquid through express coupling (3) for the rightthand engine.  Unscrew cap of express coupling. Connect the filling hose.

The hose line and its use are described in the "Hose line for oil and cooling liquid change" section.  Remove hose. The express coupling closes automatically.  Screw on protective cap.

Filling in cooling liquid See chapter „Topping up cooling liquid“.

Fill in cooling liquid until the cooling-liquid level is between the “FULL” and the “LOW” mark of the level indicators at the expansion reservoirs.

Testing the cooling liquid composition

Fig. 3-26:

The „Engine operating instructions“ contain a detailed description of how to prepare and test the cooling liquid composition. In case of imminent frost check that the factory-adjusted anti-freeze concentration is sufficient for the expected temperatures.

Check the cooling liquid in the cooling system regularly to ensure that the ELC is sufficiently concentrated to prevent corrosion as well as antifreeze under the corresponding operating conditions.

3-48

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing AIR-INTAKE SYSTEM Risk of injury when falling down.

Put on your fall protection equipment before entering the superstructure.

Risk of injury caused by hot parts of the engine exhaust system.

Let exhaust cool down.

Dust trap, cleaning The dust trap (arrow,Fig. 3-28:) collects dust and dirt that infiltrates the air filter housing.  To remove dust and dirt, squeeze the flexible part of the dust trap several times. ust and dirt will be detached and come off.

Read and observe the "Engine - Safety instructions" chapter.

Do not start the engine when parts of the air-intake system have been detached.

Engine damage may occur if the engine is allowed to draw in unfiltered air.

Secure the machine as described in the "Securing the machine" section.

Each engine is equipped with two dry-air filters (Fig. 3-27:) consisting of pre-cleaner, main filter element and safety filter element.

Fig. 3-28:

Fig. 3-27:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-49

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Main filter elements

Removal and installation

Insufficient air-intake performance, caused by a contaminated main filter element, is displayed on the BCS-screen (Fig. 3-29:).

 Loosen clamps (1, Fig. 3-30:) at the air filter housing and remove cover (2).

Clean or renew main filter elements only if the BCS displays a warning on the screen (Fig. 3-29:) with the engines running at high speed.

New or cleaned main filter elements should always be at hand to shorten excavator downtimes.

 Withdraw main filter element (3).

Do not remove safety filter element (4).  Replace or clean main filter element.  Before installing the filter element, clean contact faces at cover (2, Fig. 3-30:) and at filter housing.  Put on cover (2) using clamps (1).

Fig. 3-29:

Fig. 3-30:

3-50

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Checking and cleaning the main filter element  Examine the filter paper of the element with a lamp which is introduced into the element (Fig. 3-31:). Any damage is then clearly visible.

Replace damaged or deformed elements immediately.

 Check element seal. When the seal is damaged, the filter element must be replaced, too.

Cleaning with compressed air is suitable if the filter element is to be re-used immediately.  Blow filter element (Fig. 3-32:) clean with dry compressed air from the inside by moving the compressed-air gun up and down.

The pressure at the nozzle must not exceed 3 bars / 43 psi.

Fig. 3-31:

Cleaning is terminated when all visible dust has been blown out of the filter element.

Never clean filter element by beating against hard objects.

Replace the main filter element after 1000 operating hours or 3 cleaning cycles; and, after one year of operation at the latest.

Fig. 3-32:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-51

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Safety filter element

Air-intake lines

Removal and installation

At regular intervals:

 Replace the safety filter elements (4, Fig. 3-33:) after 1000 operating hours or 3 cleaning cycles of the main filter elements. After one year of operation at the latest.

 Check intake lines for leaks and hose clamps for tightness.

Never clean the safety filter element, but always renew.

 Replace hoses between filter housing and engine.

During all work on the air-intake system ensure proper sealing to prevent unfiltered air from reaching the engines.

 Remove cover (2, Fig. 3-33:) and main filter element (3) as described above.  Withdraw safety filter element (4).  Clean the air filter housing.  Install the new safety filter element and a cleaned or a new main filter element.

Fig. 3-33:

3-52

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing FUEL SYSTEM Fuel system - Safety instructions

Replacing the fuel filter Read and observe the "Inspection and servicing – Safety instructions" chapter as well as the “Fuel system – Safety instructions”.

Read and observe the "Inspection and servicing – Safety instructions" chapter.

Before working on the fuel system: Shut off the engines.

Secure the machine as described in the "Securing the machine" section.

Keep away naked flames.

 Unscrew primary filter (1, Fig. 3-34:) and secondary filter (3).  Fill new primary filter (1) with clean fuel and screw onto the filter head by hand.

Continue to tighten filter by a further ½ to ¾ turn.

Do not smoke.

Collect escaping fuel and discard without polluting the environment.

Tightening the filter element with a tool may damage or deform the filter head.

Avoid skin contact with diesel fuel.

Diesel fuel may cause skin injury.

Wear firm working clothing.

Wear protective gloves or use a barrier cream.

 Do not fill new secondary filter (3) with fuel, screw onto the filter head as described above.

This prevents the injection system from beeing contaminated by unfiltered fuel after fuel filter change.

The primary filter (1) serves at the same time as a water separator:  Open valve (2) and drain off water until fuel emerges.  Close valve (2).

For further information see: “Engine operating instructions“.

Fig. 3-34:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-53

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Venting the fuel system

Cleaning the fuel tanks

Venting the fuel tanks:

Explosion hazard.

The fuel tanks are vented with breather valves (3, Fig. 3-35:).

Read and observe the "Inspection and servicing, Safety instructions" chapter.

Clean breather valves regularly. To do so remove breather valve, flush with paraffin oil and blow clean with compressed air.

Do not use white spirit, paraffin oil or other solvents.

For flushing and cleaning use diesel fuel.

Avoid skin contact.

Skin contact with diesel fuel may cause skin injury.

Wear firm working clothing.

Wear protective gloves or use a barrier ccream.

Fuel must be prevented from penetrating into the soil. Keep fuel for re-use or discard without polluting the environment.  Use up as much fuel as possible.

Fig. 3-35:

 Check how much fuel remains in the tank and place a collecting recipient of sufficient size under the drain plugs of the tanks.  Loosen drain plug (6, Fig. 3-36:) at fuel the tank and drain off fuel.  Flush tank with diesel fuel.  Screw automatic drain plug backs (6) in place.

3-54

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing

 Fill in fuel through the strainer in filler tube (Fig. 3-36:).  Fuel can also be filled into both fuel tanks through the service station (1, Fig. 3-37:).  Unscrew cap of express coupling.

Connect filling hose of the service vehicle.

The hose line and its use are described in the "Hose line for oil and cooling liquid change" section.

The filling level is displayed on the BCS screen (Fig. 3-38:).  Remove filling hose.

The express coupling closes automatically.

Fig. 3-36:

 Screw on protective cap.

Fig. 3-37:

Fig. 3-38:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-55

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Water trap (option)

Servicing

Water contained in the fuel is removed by the water trap (Fig. 3-39:).

Draining off water Carry out the following works in accordance with the servicing schedule and at regular intervals:  Loosen venting plug (9, Fig. 3-40:) and leave drain valve (3) open until there is no more water in the diesel fuel flowing out of the valve.

Collect escaping liquid in a recipient suitable for diesel fuel and discard without polluting the environment.

Fig. 3-39:

Fig. 3-40:

The liquid flowing out of the valve flushes and cleans the filter element (6) von from top to bottom.  Close drain valve (3) and tighten venting plug (9).

3-56

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Checking / cleaning the filter element Replace filter element (6, Fig. 3-41:) only when the suction resistance is too high.

 Clean recipient (1) and filter housing (4).  Loosen flange (2).  Take off recipient (1) and clean with diesel fuel  Check cover sealing and replace, if necessary.  Attach recipient (1) with flange (2) at filter housing (4).

Check for proper sealing.

Fig. 3-41:

Collect escaping liquid in a recipient suitable for diesel fuel and discard without polluting the environment.  Loosen venting plug (9) and leave drain valve (3) open until the reservoir is completely empty.  Remove cover (5).  Remove spring holder (7) and filter element (6) from filter housing (4).  Check / replace filter element (6).  Clean filter housing (4) using diesel fuel.  Check cover sealing and replace,if necessary.  Insert filter element (6) and spring housing (7) into filter housing (4).  Fasten cover (5) on filter housing (4).

Check for proper sealing.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-57

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Electrical system - Safety instructions

Alternator - Instructions Never disconnect cables from the alternator, regulator and the battery when the engine is running to avoid damage to the alternator and regulator.

Risk of injury caused by battery acid and gases.

Do not interchange the cables when connecting the battery (observe polarity).

Wear goggles, working gloves and firm working clothing.

Carry out voltage and continuity checks only by means of a test lamp or a measuring instrument.

Do not check by "touching ground" with a bare wire. The short-circuit thus produced damages the alternator and the regulator.

Read and observe the "Inspection and servicing – Safety instructions" chapter.

Carry out voltage and continuity checks only by means of a test lamp or a measuring instrument.

Do not check by "touching ground" with a bare wire. The short-circuit thus produced damages the alternator and the electronic modules of the PMS.

The electrical circuit diagrams are annexed to thespare-parts list. Further information can be found in the CGM HMS Technical Handbook "Working with circuit diagrams".

The electrical system switch-cabinet is located behind the hydraulic reservoir. The cabinet is described in the spare-parts list together with the designation of the electrical components.

Cables and cable lugs must not get in contact with other metal parts. Replace broken or damaged cables and the respective cable lugs.

If a bulb does not work after replacement, the pertaining fuses, connection cables and contacts must be checked.

Gas-discharge lamps (optional) are operated with high voltage.

3-58

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Battery Warning! Battery Posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to cause cancer and reproductive harm.

Wash hands after handling.

Checking the battery fluid level (Not applicable in case of maintenance-free batteries)  Unscrew caps (Fig. 3-42:).  If checking inserts are provided, the battery acid must reach up to their bottom.  If no checking inserts are provided, insert a clean wooden rod into the battery until it contacts the upper edge of the cell plates. The rod must be moistened over at least 10 mm / 0.4“.

Checking charge condition The acid temperature must be 20 ° C / 68° F.  Unscrew caps of the battery (Fig. 3-42:).  Measure the acid density of the battery using a commercial acid tester (Fig. 3-42:).

The acid density measured is in direct correlation with the battery charge.

Acid density kg / dm3 Charge Normal Tropical conditicondition ons 1,28 1,23 fully charged 1,20 1,12 half charged, recharge 1,12 1,08 discharged, recharge immediately

 If the fluid level is too low, top up with distilled water only.

Fig. 3-42:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-59

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Removing and installing the battery Read and observe the "Inspection and servicing – Safety instructions" chapter.

Wear protective gloves and firm working clothing.

Shut off the engines before removing the batteries to avoid damaging the alternator and the regulator.

Turn key in key-switch to position "0" and withdraw.

Disconnect and reconnect the terminal clamping lugs in the prescribed order.

Disconnecting and connecting in the wrong order may cause short-circuits.

The batteries (1, Fig. 3-43:) are located behind the hydraulic reservoir. The 12-volt batteries are connected in series and in parallel, so that the system voltage is 24 volts.

 Detach battery holder (3).  Disconnect the cable lug from the negative terminal of the battery.  Disconnect the cable lug from the positive terminal of the battery.  Insulate the cable lugs.  Lift battery out of battery box.

Before installing new batteries, the contact faces of the battery terminal posts and the cable lugs must be cleaned down to the bright metal.  Install the new batteries.  Connect the cable lug to the positive terminal of the battery. Tighten the clamping bolts of the cable lugs. Do not use too much force to avoid deformation.  Connect the cable lug to the negative terminal of the battery.  Apply special terminal grease or acid-free vaseline on the battery terminal posts and clamping lugs. Loose or corroded clamping lugs will lead to alternator or regulator overloading.

Fig. 3-43:

3-60

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Switchgear cabinet, filter element Breather filter In the switchgear cabinet, the air is drawn in by a ventilator via the filter (Fig. 3-44:).

Emptying dust trap  Press dust trap (14, Fig. 3-44:) and hold until the dust trap is empty.

Emptying the dust collector  Loosen clamps (11, Fig. 3-44:).  Remove dust collector (12) and empty.

Fig. 3-44:

Filter element  Remove the dust collector (12, Fig. 3-44:).  Withdraw filter element (13, Fig. 3-45:).  Replace or clean filter element (13).  Refit dust collector (12, Fig. 3-44:).

Fig. 3-45:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-61

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Checking and cleaning the filter element  Check the filter paper of the element by inserting a lamp into the element (Fig. 3-46:). Any damage can then be seen.

Replace damaged or distorted element immediately.

 Check element seal. If damaged, replace filter element too.

Cleaning with compressed air allows the filter element to be re-used immediately.  Blow filter element (Fig. 3-47:) dry with compressed air by moving the compressed-air piston up and down inside it.

The pressure at the nozzle must not exceed 3 bars / 43 psi.

Cleaning is completed when no more dust is seen to leave the filter element.

Fig. 3-46:

Never clean filter element by beating it against hard objects.

 Replace main filter element after 1000 operating hours or 3 cleaning cycles, but not later than after one year of operation.

Fig. 3-47:

3-62

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Floodlight projector, replacing the lamp Safety instructions The floodlight projectors use xenon technology.

The lamp is not a usual incandescent lamp, but a gas discharge lamp which is operated with a ballast unit. The ballast unit is integrated in the floodlight projector.

When the projector is turned on, the ballast unit generates a high-voltage pulse of up to 25000 volts to start the xenon lamp.

Warning!

This high-voltage pulse can be a lifethreatening risk, if a person comes into contact with any of the live components. This can be the case, for instance,  if the lamp is operated improperly, 

if the projector housing is opened in an inapropriate way or



by sticking one's hand into an opened or damaged projector.

Protect yourself from potential risks by reading and by observing the following safety instructions.

Always switch off the projector and disconnect it from its power supply before replacing the Xenon lamp.

Allow the xenon lamp to cool off before removing it from the projector.

Wear googles and safety gloves when replacing the lamp.

Never stick your hand into the lampholder. The contacts may still be live with residual voltage.

Never switch on the projector when the xenon lamp has been removed.

There is a risk of voltage discharge and damage to the lampholder.

The glass body of the xenon lamp is filled with different gases and metal gases and is under gauge pressure (risk of injury from splinters) If the xenon lamp breaks apart in closed room (workshop), all persons must leave the room and the room must be ventilated for at least 20 minutes to exclude any health risks caused by gases.

Further instructions Always hold the xenon lamp by the base. Never touch the glass bulb. Sweat and grease from the skin would evaporate when the lamp is in operation and obscure the reflector.

If the fingers have nevertheless come into contact with the glass bulb, the fingerprints must be removed with a clean cloth and some alcohol.

The replaced Xenon lamp must be disposed of as special waste.

Never switch on projectors when housing or electrical wiring is damaged.

Have damaged projectors be replaced by a qualified electrician as soon as possible.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-63

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Replacing a defective Xenon-lamp Read and observe the: „Floodlight projector, replacing the lamp, Safety instructions“.  Switch off the projector, shut off the engine and cut out the battery main switch.  Wait until the housing of the floodlight projector has cooled down.  Withdraw the power supply connector from the projector.

Fig. 3-48

 Remove four bolts (1, Fig. 3-48) and withdraw the reflector (2) from the projector housing.  Withdraw connector (Fig. 3-49) from Xenon lamp socket.  Unscrew Xenon lamp holding clamp (Fig. 3-50).  Remove the defective Xenon lamp and replace by a new one. Do not touch the glass bulb of the lamp.  Reinstall the new lamp. Screw lamp holding clamp back in place.  Plug the power supply connector onto the lamp.  Re-assemble the housing.

Fig. 3-49

Fig. 3-50

3-64

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Lighting systems in LED technonogy, instructions The lights of the maintenance lighting system (Fig. 3-51) as well as the working floodlights (Fig. 3-52) are equipped with lamps in LED technology (lightemitting diodes).

High-performance LEDs ensure the emission of light with high luminance. If the light is allowed to shine directly into the eyes from a short distance and over prolonged periods, there is a risk of injury to the retina.

Do not look for a prolonged period into the light cones of the LEDs. Adjust the lights in such way that they do not shine directly into the eyes and that you are not blinded by the glare.

The lights become hot in operation.

The heat is dispersed via the ribbed metal housing.

Fig. 3-51

For this reason, the housings must not be covered up and cleaning rags or similar things placed over them.

The high-performance LEDs in these lights have a very long service life and can therefore not be replaced. If one or more of these LEDs fail, the light can remain in service if the remaining luminance is still sufficient.

Fig. 3-52

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-65

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Hydraulic system - Safety instructions Read and observe the "Inspection and servicing – Safety instructions" chapter.

Before working on the hydraulic system, make sure that the system is without pressure and that the residual pressures have also been eliminated.

Shut off the engines.

Risk of burning caused by hot hydraulic components (e.g. hydraulic oil reservoir, cylinder, valves).

Depressurizing the hydraulic system Hydraulic systems may only be opened if they are completely depressurized. Even when an excavator is parked on a horizontal surface with the working equipment resting on the ground (Fig. 3-53: and Fig. 3-54:) and with its drive engines stationary, there may still be a considerable amount of residual pressure in parts of the hydraulic system, as e.g. the primary pressure resulting from the last hydraulic movements before the immobilization.

Residual pressures disappear only gradually. If work is to be carried out on the hydraulic system immediately after the immobilization, the system must be freed from pressure, i.e. depressurized:

Secure the machine as described in the "Securing the machine“ section.

Avoid skin contact with hydraulic oil.

Contact with hydraulic oil can cause skin injury.

Wear protective gloves and firm working clothing.

Fig. 3-53:

 Locate the system section to be opened.  Depressurize the section to be opened. If required, the necessary measures described must be combined.  Open the depressurized system section with caution.

Fig. 3-54:

3-66

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Examples of system sections:

Checking the hydraulic oil level

1) working hydraulics

 Bring hydraulic oil to operating temperature (abt. 50 °C / approx. 122 °F).

2) servo control circuit 3) precharged return-flow line

 Park the machine on a horizontal surface.

Depressurizing

 Move all hydraulic cylinders to their central positions.

 Park the excavator on a horizontal surface.  Set the working equipment on the ground.

The oil level must lie between the “min” and “max” marks of sign (2, Fig. 3-56:) near the the inspection glass (1).

 Shut off the drive engines.  Do not switch off the electrical system Sections 1 and 2: servo control and working hydraulics:  Shift both control levers and all pedals repeatedly into all directions (Fig. 3-55:).

Fig. 3-56:

The hydraulic oil level is monitored by the BCS. The BCS displays a warning on the screen (Fig. 3-57:) if the hydraulic oil level is too low or too high.

Shut off the engines, locate cause and rectify.

Fig. 3-55:

Section 3: Return-flow line: After shutting down the engine, the precharging pressure decreases rapidly through the precharging valve. No measures are required before opening the return-flow line.

Fig. 3-57:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-67

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing

Fig. 3-60:

Fig. 3-58:

 Stand working equipment on the ground as shown on the sign (Fig. 3-58:).

Sign (2, Fig. 3-59:) is attached beside the level indicator tube (1).

Hydraulic oil (oil grade see: "Refilling quantities Oil") can also be filled in by means of the service station (Fig. 3-61:).  Unscrew cap of express coupling (10).

Connect filling hose express coupling of the service vehicle.

The use of the hose line is described in the "Hose line for oil and cooling liquid changes" section.  Fill in hydraulic oil until the oil level lies between the “min” and the “max” marks of sign (2, Fig. 3-59:) near the inspection glass (1).

The acoustic warning signal “Travel Alarm” sounds.  Unscrew the hose line; the express coupling closes automatically.  Screw protective cap back in place.

Fig. 3-59:

 Fill in hydraulic oil through the return-flow filters.  Remove cover (19, Fig. 3-60:).  Fill in hydraulic oil through the opening until the oil level lies between the “min” and the “max” marks of sign (2) near the the inspection glass (oil grade see: "Refilling quantities - Oil").  Before fitting the cover (19), check the sealing ring and replace, if damaged.

Fig. 3-61:

 Fit cover together with sealing ring.

3-68

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Changing the hydraulic oil returnflow (hydraulic oil reservoir) Read and observe the "Inspection and servicing – Safety instructions" chapter.

Shut off the engines.

The return-flow filters must be replaced:  when servicing works in accordance with the servicing plan are carried out; 

when the BCS displays a warning on the screen (Fig. 3-63:). In this case, the filter elements (9, Fig. 3-64:) are heavily contaminated;



after repairs on the hydraulic system;



in case of damage.

Risk of scalding caused by hot hydraulic oil.

The hydraulic oil reservoir itself may also be hot.

Avoid skin contact.

Skin contact with hydraulic oil may cause skin injury.

Wear protective gloves and firm working clothing.

Collect escaping hydraulic oil and discard without polluting the environment.

Fig. 3-63:

 Remove cover (3, Fig. 3-64:) together with sealing ring.  Loosen butterfly nut (2, Fig. 3-63:) and remove clamp cover (3).  Remove filter cover (8) and sealing ring (10),  Withdraw filter element (9) and sealing ring (11) from basket (12).  Insert a new filter element.

Fig. 3-62:

Fig. 3-64:

If a filter element (9) is damaged, remove basket (12) and check/clean.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-69

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing  Remove basket (12, Fig. 3-65:) and clean in paraffin oil.  Install basket (12).  Insert filter element (9) together with sealing ring (11) and cap (8) with sealing ring (10).  Refit cover (3).  Clean the magnetic rod.

The magnetic rod is located under cap (19, Fig. 3-66:).

If metal filings are detected, locate cause and rectify.

Contact the CGM HMS Service, if required.

Fig. 3-65:

Fig. 3-66:

3-70

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Bypass valves (hydraulic oil reservoir) Read and observe the "Inspection and servicing – Safety instructions" chapter.

Shut off the engines.

Risk of scalding caused by hot hydraulic oil.

Replacing the bypass valves and sealing rings  Remove bypass valve as described under "Cleaning the filter screens".  Re-assemble the bypass valve with a new screen (21, Fig. 3-68:) and a new sealing ring.  Insert bypass valve with new sealing ring (23) and fasten with bolts (25).

The hydraulic oil reservoir itself may also be hot.

Avoid skin contact.

Skin contact with hydraulic oil may cause skin injury.

Wear protective gloves and firm working clothing.

Collect escaping hydraulic oil and discard without polluting the environment.

Cleaning the filter screens

Fig. 3-68:

Fig. 3-67:

 Remove cover (3, Fig. 3-67:) together with sealing ring.  Unscrew bolts (25, Fig. 3-68:). Withdraw bypass valve.  Take off screen (21) together with sealing ring and clean in white spirit or paraffin oil. Replace, if required.  Check sealing ring for damage and replace, if required.  Re-assemble the bypass valve.  Check sealing ring (28) for damage and replace, if required.  Insert bypass valve and fasten with bolts (25).

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-71

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Breather filter Read and observe the "Inspection and servicing - Safety instructions" chapter.

Replacing the filter elements The breather filters (20, Fig. 3-69:) ensure venting of the hydraulic oil reservoir at varying hydraulic oil levels.

Shut off the engines.

Risk of scalding caused by hot hydraulic oil.

The hydraulic oil reservoir itself may also be hot.

Avoid skin contact.

Skin contact with hydraulic oil may cause skin injury.

Wear protective gloves and firm working clothing.

Fig. 3-69:

 Unscrew bolts (21). Remove holder (22) and withdraw filter element (20).  Check filter element and replace, if required.

3-72

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing High-pressure filter for working hydraulics To filter the hydraulic oil on the high-pressure side of the working hydraulic system, the machine is equipped with two high-pressure filters (9, Fig. 3-70:).

Checking/cleaning the filter elements  Unscrew drain plug (11, Fig. 3-71:) and drain the hydraulic oil from the filter housing (9).

(Place a suitable resipient under the filter housing).  Unscrew filter housing (9).  Disengage filter element (15) with a slight turn from ist retaining catch and withdraw from filter housing (9).  Clean filter element (15) in white spirit or paraffin oil.  Replace filter element (15) if it is damaged.  Check seals (10 and 14) and replace, if required.  Re-assemble the filter element in reverse order.

Fig. 3-70:

Read and observe the "Inspection and servicing – Safety instructions" chapter.

 Check for leaks after putting the filter into operation.

Shut off the engines.

Risk of scalding caused by hot hydraulic oil.

The filter housings themselves may also be hot.

Avoid skin contact.

Skin contact with hydraulic oil may cause skin injury.

Wear protective gloves and firm working clothing.

Collect escaping hydraulic oil and discard without polluting the environment.

Fig. 3-71:

Replacing the filter elements  Detach the filter element as described under "Checking / cleaning the filter elements".  Clean filter housing (9, Fig. 3-71:) and the sealing faces at the filter head with white spirit or paraffin oil.  Insert new filter element into filter housing (9) and refit to the filter head with new, lightly oiled sealing rings (10 and 14) and a new retaining ring (13).

Check high-pressure filter for leaks after putting it into operation.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-73

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing High-pressure filters for the servo circuit

Checking/cleaning the filter elements

The excavator is equipped with two high-pressure filters (5, Fig. 3-72:) for the servo circuit. Both filters are located in front of the hydraulic oil reservoir.

 Remove filter housing and pour out used oil.

Read and observe: "Inspection and servicing - Safety instructions".

 Detach flange (4, Fig. Fig. 3-73:).  Withdraw filter element (6) from filter housing (5).  Clean filter housings and sealing faces at filter head with white spirit or paraffin oil.  Insert new filter element into filter housing (5) and refit to filter head with a new, lightly oiled sealing ring (8).

Check the high-pressure filter for leaks after putting it into operation.

Fig. 3-72:

Shut off the engines.

Risk of scalding from hot hydraulic oil.

The filter housings may also be hot.

Avoid skin contact.

Skin contact with hydraulic oil may cause skin injury.

Wear protective gloves and firm protective clothing.

Collect escaping hydraulic oil and discard without polluting the environment.

Fig. 3-73:

Replacing the filter elements  Detach the filter elements as described under "Checking the filter elements".  Install new filter element (6, Fig. 3-73:) and reassemble with a new, lightly oiled sealing ring (7).

Check the high-pressure filter for leaks after putting it into operation.

3-74

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Filter (control circuit) Read and observe the "Inspection and servicing - Safety instructions" chapter.

Replacing the filter element Change filter element regulary and when the BCS indicates a contamination.

Shut off the engines.

Risk of scalding caused by hot hydraulic oil.

The filter housings may also be hot.

Avoid skin contact.

Skin contact with hydraulic oil may cause skin injury.

Wear protective gloves and firm working clothing.

Fig. 3-74:

 Unscrew filter housing (5, Fig. 3-74:).  Withdraw filter element (6) from filter housing (5).  Clean filter housing (5) and the sealing face at the filter head (9) with white spirit or paraffin oil.  Check seals (10 and 14) and replace, if required.  Insert new filter element into filter housing (5) and refit to the filter head with new, lightly oiled sealing ring (8).  Check for leaks after putting the filter into operation.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-75

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Changing the hydraulic oil Read and observe the "Inspection and servicing - Safety instructions" chapter.

Drawing off hydaulic oil  Bring the hydraulic oil to operating temperature (abt. 50 ° C / 122 °F).  Retract the hydraulic cylinders as far as possible and stand the working equipment on the ground.

Shut off the engines.

Risk of scalding caused by hot hydraulic oil.

The hydraulic oil reservoir itself may also be hot.

Avoid skin contact.

 Shut off the engines.  Drain the hydraulic oil at express couplings (1, Fig. 3-75:).

Skin contact with hydraulic oil may cause skin injury.

Wear protective gloves and firm working clothing.

Collect escaping oil and discard without polluting the environment.

Do not start up the drive engines when the hydraulic oil reservoir is empty. The hydraulic pumps may be destroyed if they are allowed to run dry.

Fig. 3-75:

 Place suitable recipients under the drain valve (1) of the hydraulic oil reservoir. For the required capacity refer to the "Refilling quantities - Oil" table.

The use of the hose line is described in the "Hose line for oil and cooling-liquid changes" section.  Unscrew the hose line; the oil drain valve closes automatically.  Screw protective cap back in place.

3-76

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Drawing off hydaulic oil by means of the service station

Cleaning the hydraulic oil reservoir Explosion hazard.

The hydraulic oil can also be drawn off through the service station (Fig. 3-76:).  Bring hydraulic oil to operating temperature (ca. 50° C / 122°F).  Retract hydraulic cylinders as far as possible and stand working equipment on the ground.  Shut off the engines.  Unscrew cap of express coupling (10).

Read and observe the "Inspection and servicing - Safety instructions" chapter.

Shut off the engines.

Do not use white spirit, paraffin oil or other solvents for cleaning.

Use diesel fuel or a special flushing oil.

Avoid skin contact.

 Connect hose line of the service vehicle.

Skin contact with hydraulic oil may cause skin injury.

The hose line and its use are described in the "Hose line for oil and cooling liquid change" section.  Remove hose line. The coupling closes automatically.

Wear protective gloves and firm working clothing.

 Screw on protective cap.

Dispose of contaminated hydraulic oil without polluting the environment and separately from other waste.  Drain off hydraulic oil as described under "Draining off the hydraulic oil".  Remove cap (3, Fig. 3-77:).  Detach the return-flow filter  Place a collecting recipient for the flushing oil under the hydraulic oil reservoir.  Clean the inside of the hydraulic oil reservoir with diesel fuel or flushing oil.

Remove all sediments and also the residues of the cleaning agent thoroughly.  Refit cap (3)..

Fig. 3-76:

Fig. 3-77:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-77

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Filling in hydraulic oil Fill in hydraulic oil through the return-flow filters.  Remove cap (19, Fig. 3-78:).  Fill in hydraulic oil through the opening until the oil level lies between the “min” and the “max” marks of sign (2, Fig. 3-79:) near the inspection glass (1) (oil grade see: "Refilling quantities - Oil").  Vent the hydraulic system.

Hydraulic oil can also be filled by means of the service station (Fig. 3-80:).  Unscrew cap of express coupling (10).  The use of the hose line is described under "Hose line for oil and cooling-lequid changes".

Connect filling hose express coupling of the service vehicle. Fill in hydraulic oil until the oil level lies between the “min” and the “max” marks of sign (2, Fig. 3-79:) near the inspection glass (1) (oil grade see: "Refilling quantities - Oil").

 Check the oil level in the hydraulic oil reservoir. Top up with oil, if required.  Refit cap (19, Fig. 3-78:).

Fig. 3-80:

 The oil level is also displayed on the BCSscreen (Fig. 3-81:).

Fig. 3-78:

 Vent the hydraulic system.  Check the oil level in the hydraulic oil reservoir. Top up with oil, if required.  Unscrew the hose line. The express coupling closes automatically.  Screw protective cap back in place.

Fig. 3-79:

Fig. 3-81:

3-78

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Venting the hydraulic system Hydraulic pumps, hydraulic motors, hydraulic cylinders, travel brake valves, suction lines of hydraulic pumps, oil cooler manifolds and the servo control system must be vented  after assembly on site and prior to initial commissioning, 

before each recommissioning of the excavator, e.g. after extensive repair work to the hydraulic system or after prolonged downtimes,



after each hydraulic oil change,



after replacement of hoses or lines.

Venting the hydraulic components 

Fig. 3-83:

Hydraulic pumps and hydraulic motors (with electric motors shut off):

Always admit oil first to that side of the cylinder where the piston (2) is. This is

Open the highest leakage oil port and fill in clean hydraulic oil up to the lower edge of the opening.

• the piston-side port (3) when the piston rod is retracted (1, Fig. 3-82:), • the rod-side port (4) when the piston rod is extended (1, Fig. 3-83:).

Check the hydraulic system under load. Pay attention to noises produced by the hydraulic pump or the hydraulic motors. Abrupt movements of the working equipment are a sign of entrapped air in the system. Remaining air pockets can be eliminated by actuating all hydraulic functions. 

If, for assembly reasons, the piston rod is inmiddle position, admit oil first to the piston-side port (4).

When oil is admitted for the first time to the cylinder, the oil flow must be reduced. Therefore extend or retract the piston rod as slowly as possible.

Hydraulic cylinder: Before the initial admission of the cylinder with oil, the piston must be in either of the two extreme piston positions. In other words, the piston rod (1, Fig. 3-82: and Fig. 3-83:) must be either completely retracted or completely extended.

The bolts/nozzles of the following components must be opened until oil emerges bubble-free from the opening: Always vent only the system section that has been opened.



the travel brake valve at the venting screw,



the oil cooler manifold at the mini-measuring ports,



the servo system at the venting bolts of the control blocks (under the servo caps),



the intake line at the venting screw (with drive motors stationary).

Fig. 3-82:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-79

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Cleaning the hydraulic oil cooler Risk of injury from rotating cooler fan blades.

Cleaning The hydraulic oil coolers are located in the oil cooler module.

Clean the hydraulic oil coolers at regular intervals.  Shut off the engines.

Shut off the engines.

 Remove any accumulated dirt.

Never start cleaning work until the cooler fan blades have stopped turning.

 Clean the fan blades (2).

The hydraulic oil coolers reach the same temperature as the hydraulic oil. Risk of burning.

 Clean the radiators with a jet of water or compressed air from outside to inside.

Allow the hydraulic oil cooler to cool down.

Wear protective gloves and firm protective clothing.

If the machine is used in places with heavily contaminated ambient air, the hydraulic oil coolers must be cleaned more often than specified in the servicing plan.

 Leave hydraulic oil coolers to dry.  Check the hydraulic motors (1) for free movement.

In winter-time, check that the fans (2) turn freely and that the cooling fins are free from ice and snow.

The speeds of the fan motors (1, Fig. 3-84:) are thermostat-controlled. The fan motors run at maximum speed when the hydraulic oil temperature reaches ca. 60°C / 140°F.

Fig. 3-84:

3-80

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Electronic excavator control Joystick At regular intervals acc. to the maintenance plans:  Loosen gaiter and move upwards.  Apply a thin layer of low temperatur grease on the control spools, the actuator plate above and the cardan joint of the joysticks (arrows, Fig. 3-85:) to prevent jamming of the joysticks.

Pedal At regular intervals acc. to the maintenance plans:  Remove old grease and dirt from the control spools and the actuator plate of the pedals (arrows, Fig. 3-86:).  Apply a thin layer of low temperatur grease on the control spools of the pedals to prevent jamming of the control spools.

 Refit gaiter using a cable strap.

Fig. 3-86:

Fig. 3-85:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-81

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Pressure accumulator - Emergency lowering To permit the working equipment to be lowered in an emergency, the machine is equipped with a pressure accumulator (1,Fig. 3-87:).

The pressure accumulator (1) is located in the superstructure and is accessible from the ground.

Extract from the German regulations The accumulator vessel must not be subjected to welding, soldering or any other mechanical work.

Work on systems containing accumulators (repairs, connection of pressure gauges or similar work) may be carried out only when the fluid pressure has been released

Extract from the German acceptance regulations Hydraulic accumulators are pressure vessels and are therefore subject to the "Druckbehälterverordnung (DruckbehV)" [Pressure Vessel Regulations].

Their installation, equipment and operation are governed by the "Technische Regeln Druckbehälter (TRB)" [Technical Rules for Pressure Vessels]. The pressure vessels of hydraulic accumulators are classified by the admissible operating pressure p in bars, the capacity l in liters and the product of pressure and capacity p x l. Depending on the class to which the accumulator belongs, the following inspections are mandatory:

Fig. 3-87:

Pressure-accumulator inspection regulations The following regulations are applicable only in Germany. Please observe the relevant regulations in force in your own country.

Group II p ≥ l bar and p·x l ≤ 200

3-82

Checking the gas charging pressure in the pressure accumulator After commissioning (new installation or repair), the gas charging pressure in the pressure vessel must be checked at least once during the first week. If no pressure loss is detected, the second pressure test must be performed after ca. 3 months. If no pressure loss is detected in this test either, the testing interval can be fixed at once pressure test each year.

Inspections prior to commissioning at the factory at the place of use Pressure testing Inspection certificate Prototype and pressure test (Check of correctness and certified by the manufacturer correct installation) issued by an expert

Regular inspections Inspection schedule to be drawn up by end user, based on experience with type of operation and fluid.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing PUMP GEARBOX Read and observe: "Inspection and servicing - Safety instructions.

Read and observe: "Inspection and servicing Safety instructions.

Shut off the engines The gearbox housings may be hot, too.

Secure the machine as described in the "Securing the machine" section.

Protect the skin from contact with gearbox oil.

Skin contact with cooling liquid is a potential health hazard.

Wear protective gloves and firm working clothing.

Changing the gearbox oil Draining off oil Drain oil through express coupling (3, Fig. 3-89:).  Place a suitable recipient for used oil under the drain.

The required recipient capacity is set out in the "Filling quantities - Oil" table.

The hose line and its use are described in the "hose line for oil and cooling liquid change" section.  Remove hose line after the oil has been drained from the gearbox.

The express coupling closes automatically.  Screw on protective cap.

Checking the gearbox oil level / Topping up with oil Park the machine as described in the "Securing the machine" section.  Screw out dipstick (1, Fig. 3-88:) and wipe clean.  Push dipstick in such a way that the threaded part is on top of the dipsticks bore. Do not screw in!

Fig. 3-89:

 Withdraw dipstick a second time.

Oil level should lie between the two dipstick markers. Top up with oil if required.  Insert dipstick (1) again and tighten.

Fig. 3-88:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-83

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Drawing off oil (optional)

Filling in oil

The gearbox oil is drained with the service station (Fig. 3-90:) through

 Fill in oil through the bore in breather valve (4, Fig. 3-91:).



express coupling (4) for the lefthand pump transfer gearbox

The oil level must reach the upper mark on dipstick (1).



express coupling (5) for the righthand pump transfer gearbox

Fig. 3-91:

Fig. 3-90:

 Unscrew cap of express coupling and connect hose line of the service vehicle.

The hose line and its use are described in the „Hose line for oil and cooling liquid change" section.  Remove hose after the oil has been drawn off.

The coupling closes automatically.  Screw on protective cap.

The gearbox oil can also be filled in with the service station (Fig. 3-90:) through 

express coupling (4) for the lefthand pump transfer gearbox



express coupling (5) for the righthand pump transfer gearbox

 Unscrew cap of express coupling and connect hose line of the service vehicle.

The hose line and its use are described in the „Hose line for oil and cooling liquid change" section.

The oil level must reach the upper mark on dipstick (1, Fig. 3-91:).  Remove hose after the oil has been filled in.

The coupling closes automatically.  Screw on protective cap.

3-84

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Gearbox venting The gearbox is vented through breather valve (3, Fig. 3-92:).

Clean breather valve (3) in accordance with the servicing plan.  Unscrew breather filter (3), clean with white spirit or paraffin oil and blow dry with compressed air.  Screw breather filter (3) back in place.

Fig. 3-92:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-85

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing SWING GEARBOX Read and observe: "Inspection and servicing - Safety instructions.

Shut off the engines.

Secure the machine as described in the "Securing the machine" section.

Protect the skin from contact with gearbox oil. Skin contact with cooling liquid is a potential health hazard.

The gearbox housings may be hot, too.

Wear protective gloves and firm working clothing.

Gearbox - Checking the oil level / Topping up with oil  Park the machine as described under "Securing the machine".  Screw out dipstick (1, Fig. 3-88:) and wipe clean.  Insert dipstick (1) fully again (do not screw in) and withdraw a second time.

The oil level must reach up at least to the lower mark on dipstick (1). Top up with gearbox oil, if required.  Screw dipstick (1) back in place.

Collect escaping oil carefully and dispose of in an environmentally acceptable manner.

Changing the gearbox oil  Prepare a collecting recipient for used oil.

Choose the required capacity in accordance with the "Refilling quantities - Oil" table.

Fig. 3-93:

Fig. 3-94:

Draining off oil  Attach hose (8, Fig. 3-94:) to drain valve (7) and drain off oil completely.

The use of the oil draining hose is described in the "Hose line for oil and cooling liquid change" chapter. The drain valve (7, Fig. 3-94:) is accessible from the undercarriage.  Remove hose. The oil drain valve closes automatically.

3-86

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Filling in new oil / Topping up

Gearbox venting

 Unscrew plug (4, Fig. 3-95:) and fill in new oil.

The gearbox is vented through breather filter (2, Fig. 3-95:).

Clean breather filter in accordance with the servicing plan.  Unscrew breather filter (2), clean in white spirit or paraffin oil and blow dry with compressed air.

 Check oil level with dipstick (1, Fig. 3-95:).  Screw in plug (4) again.

 Screw breather filter (2) back in place.

Fig. 3-95:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-87

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing TRAVEL GEARBOX Read and observe: "Inspection and servicing - Safety instructions.

Secure the machine as described in the "Securing the machine" section.

Shut off the engines.

Travel gearbox - Checking the oil level / Topping up with oil  Park the machine as described under "Securing the machine".  Move the excavator into such a position that the checking plug (2, Fig. 3-96:) and the drain plug (3) are in the displayed position.

Skin contact with gearbox oil is a potential health hazard. Protect the skin from contact with gearbox oil.

 Unscrew checking plug (2).

The oil level should reach up to the lower edge of the threaded bore of plug (2). Top up with oil through the threaded bore, if required.

Oil grade see: „LUBRICANTS“.

Wear protective gloves and firm working clothing.

 Screw checking plug (2) back in place.

The gearbox housings may be hot, too.

Details about selecting the correct gear oil can be found in chapter “LUBRICANTS”.

Fig. 3-96:

3-88

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Travel gearbox - Changing oil

Travel gearbox, breather filter

Draining off oil

 Unscrew breather filter (4, Fig. 3-98:) and clean in white spirit or parafin.

If damaged replace with a new one.

Carry out oil change when oil is nearly at operating temperature. All suspended particles and contaminations will be rinsed out with the old oil.  Park the machine as described under "Securing the machine".  Move the excavator in such a position that the plugs (2, Fig. 3-97:) and (3) are in the displayed position.  Place a collecting recipient for used oil under the travel gearbox. Choose the required capacity in accordance with the “Filling quantities – Oil table”.  Unscrew drain plugs (3) and drain off the oil completely.

Slackening plug (2) allows the oil to run out more readily.

Fig. 3-98:

 Clean screw plugs (2 and 3).  Screw drain plugs (3) back in place.

Filling in oil  Fill in fresh gearbox oil through the threaded bore of plug (2) until it flows out of the bore.

Oil grade see: „LUBRICANTS“.  Screw plug (2) back in place.

Fig. 3-97:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-89

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing CRAWLER TRACKS Cleaning Clean tracks, track and support rollers, sprockets and idlers regularly and whenever required. Cleaning is especially important in winter to prevent:  the tracks from being thrown off, 

oil from leaking out of track and support rollers, sprockets and idlers,



excessive wear,



the track from breaking.

To clean the tracks:  raise one side of the excavator with the working equipment and allow track to turn;  clean the side member supporting the track;  clean track and support rollers (1 and 2 ,Fig. 3-99:) thoroughly;  clean the sliding planes on the idler guides.

Fig. 3-99:

3-90

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Track roller, Support roller

Track pads fastening

Inspect all track and support rollers visually for leaks and free movement at regular intervals.

Check fastening bolts (5, Fig. 3-101:) regularly for tightness:

Track roller fastening

 Tighten bolts with a torque wrench to the prescribed tightening torque (see "Technical Handbook").

Check fastening bolts (4 Fig. 3-100:) regularly for tightness:  Tighten bolts with a torque wrench to the prescribed tightening torque (see: "Technical Handbook").

Fig. 3-101:

Fig. 3-100:

Support roller fastening Check fastening bolts (3, Fig. 3-100:) regularly for tightness Tighten bolts with a torque wrench to the prescribed tightening torque (see: "Technical Handbook").

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-91

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Track tensioner Design The tracks are tensioned with the help of the hydraulic pressure created during travelling. Fig. 3-102: and Fig. 3-103: show parts of the tracks and the tensioner:

Techncal data Track tensioning pressure approx. 70 bars / 1015 psi Pressure limiting valve 330 bars / 4786 psi Gas pressure in pressure accumulator (nitrogen 50 bars / 725 psi filling pressure)

Function The tensioning system is under permanent pressure of approx. 70 bars / 1015 psi which keeps both tracks permanently tensioned. Pressure losses are compensated as soon as the engines have been started. Retensioning is not required.

For cleaning and servicing work, the tracks can be slackened.

To do so:  stop the engines Fig. 3-102:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Crawler track Idler Drive sprocket Support roller Pressure accumulator Pressure cylinder Pressure limiting valve Track roller Mini- measuring port Stop cock

 open both pressure limiting valves (7, Fig. 3-103:) to slacken the tracks.  After the work, screw down the pressure limiting valves (7) to the limit stop.

Fig. 3-103:

The pressure-limiting valves (7) are preset to a pressure of 330 bars / 4786 psi and sealed in this position. The lead seal must not be removed and the pressure setting of 330 bars / 4786 psi must not be changed.

The track tensioners are maintenance-free.

3-92

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Pressure-accumulator inspection regulations

Checking the gas charging pressure in the pressure accumulator

The following regulations are applicable only in Germany. Please observe the relevant regulations in force in your own country.

After commissioning (new installation or repair), the gas charging pressure in the pressure vessel must be checked at least once during the first week. If no pressure loss is detected, the second pressure test must be performed after ca. 3 months. If no pressure loss is detected in this test either, the testing interval can be fixed at once pressure test each year.

Extract from the German regulations The accumulator vessel must not be subjected to welding, soldering or any other mechanical work.

Work on systems containing accumulators (repairs, connection of pressure gauges or similar work) may be carried out only when the fluid pressure has been relieved.

Extract from the German acceptance regulations Hydraulic accumulators are pressure vessels and are therefore subject to the "Druckbehälterverordnung (DruckbehV)" [Pressure Vessel Regulations].

Their installation, equipment and operation are governed by the "Technische Regeln Druckbehälter (TRB)" [Technical Rules for Pressure Vessels]. The pressure vessels of hydraulic accumulators are classified by the admissible operating pressure p in bars, the capacity l in liters and the product of pressure and capacity p x l. Depending on the class to which the accumulator belongs, the following inspections are mandatory:

The above-mentioned pressure tests are required to ensure the functioning of the track tensioner.

They are no substitute for the inspections as required by the "Pressure Vessel Regulations".

Before checking the gas charging pressure (nitrogen filling pressure) in the pressure accumulator, the track must first be slackened, i.e. the hydraulic part of the tensioning system must be depressurized. See: "Function".

Tab. 3-1

Group IV p ≥ l bar p·x l ≥ 1000

Inspections prior to commissioning at the factory at the place of use Preliminary inspection by an Acceptance inspection by an expert expert Prototype and pressure test certified by the manufacturer (type approval) or the expert

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

Regular inspections Internal inspection: every 10 years for noncorrosive fluids; otherwise pressure testing every 5 years: every 10 years by an expert

3-93

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing SWING RING Read and observe: "Inspection and servicing - Safety instructions.

Internal gearing The internal gearing (1, Fig. 3-105:) and the pinion (2) are enclosed in a housing (3, Fig. 3-106:). The housing forms a grease-filled trough in which the pinion of the swing mechanism moves.

Shut off the engines.

Wear protective gloves and firm protective clothing.

Swing ring - Instructions The grease filling must be replaced:  when repairs have been carried out on the swing ring, the swing ring seals or the swing ring housing.

Remove old grease completely before filling in new grease.

If greater losses are detected, locate cause immediately to prevent damage to the swing ring.

Greases and greasy cleaning rags must not be allowed to pollute the environment. Discard grease and greasy cleaning rags separately from other waste without polluting the environment.

Bearing races The central lubricating system supplies grease continuously to the two roller bearing races and the internal gearing .

Fig. 3-105:

The grease is pumped to the greasing port of the grease trough by the distributor (Fig. 3-104:). The amount of grease used up during operation is replenished by the central lubricating system.

The housings have a check opening which is closed with a cover (2, Fig. 3-106:).

For checking, the cover must be removed.

The grease is pumped to the greasing points of the bearing races by a distributor (Fig. 3-104:).

Fig. 3-106:

Fig. 3-104:

3-94

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Swing ring - Checking the grease filling Read and observe: "Inspection and servicing - Safety instructions.

Swing ring - Filling in grease Prior to initial commissioning, the grease trough of the internal gearing must be filled with grease.

Add grease when  the housing has been replaced

Shut off the engines Wear protective gloves and firm protective clothing.

At regular intervals:  check internal gearing and teeth of swing mechanism pinion for condition



old grease has been removed in the course of other work.

Always fill in fresh grease by hand.

Risk of accidents. Never swing the superstructure when refilling grease.

 check that the grease filling is sufficient.

The housing must always contain enough grease for the gearing - measured from its lower edge - to run in at least 20 mm / 0.78“ of grease over its whole circumference (Fig. 3-107:).

In the event of greater grease losses, eliminate cause immediately and add grease to prevent the internal gearing and the pinion from being damaged by continued swing movements.

Swing ring - Checking the bolts for tightness The fastening bolts of the swing ring in the superstructure and the undercarriage are tightened with their respective check (see: "Technical Handbook")..

When these values are reached, the fastening bolts are perfectly tight.

Loosen slack bolts before tightening them with a torque wrench to the prescribed (see: "Technical Handbook").

Fig. 3-107:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-95

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing CENTRAL LUBRICATING SYSTEM, STANDARD Design The excavator is equipped with an automatic central lubricating system which provides grease regularly to all greasing points except those mentioned in the "Lubricating chart - Grease".

The central lubricating system is activated when the electrical system is switched on with the keyswitch and the engines are running. All greasing points connected to the system are greased at regular intervals.

The automatic greasing is interrupted when the engines are stopped with the idle timers.

The central lubricating system is controlled electrohydraulically by the PLC (Programmable logical controller).

The PLC is located in a switch box underneath the cab.

Fig. 3-109:

If a fault occurs, BCS gives a warning on the screen (Fig. 3-109:). Actuate the "Reset" button (73, Fig. 3-108:) for three seconds to eleminate the fault. Is this is not possible, call in servicing personal.

For further information on the function and setting refer to the Technical Handbook „PLC (Programmable logical controller“).

Fig. 3-108:

3-96

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Function The grease is pumped by the pump (2, Fig. 3-110:) via greasing lines from the grease container to the main distributors on the superstructure.

The grease pump (2) with ther grease container is located on the superstructure.

Fig. 3-112:

As soon as the grease container is empty, the BCS (Fig. 3-113:) gives a warning signal. In the event of a fault, the "dumping" function is switched off automatically after 15 min.

Fig. 3-110:

Work can be continued when the grease container is filled with grease.

The control elements of the lubricating system are installed on the panel (3, Fig. 3-111:) (Optional): The grease is. pumped by the pump (1, Fig. 3-112:) via greasing lines from the grease container to the main distributors on the superstructure.

Fig. 3-113:

Fig. 3-111:

The control elements of the lubricating system are installed on the panel (3, Fig. 3-111:).

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-97

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Replacing the grease container

Filling up the grease container

 Detach lines (5, 6 and 7, Fig. 3-114:).

(Optional)

 Loosen wing nuts (12) and lift off holder (3).

Fill up the grease container through the service station (Fig. 3-116:).

The use of the hose is described in the chapter "Flexible hose for the change of oil and cooling water"  Switch on the indicator system with toggle switch (33, Fig. 3-116:).  Unscrew the cap of the express coupling (11).  Connect the filling hose of the service vehicle.  When the grease container is full, the indicator lamp (34) lights up.  Remove the flexible hose.

The express coupling closes automatically.

Fig. 3-114:

 Refit the protective cap.

 Remove cover together with grease pump (2, Fig. 3-114:) from grease container 1, Fig. 3-115:).  Replace the empty container by a full one.  Fasten cover with grease pump (2, Fig. 3-114:) on grease container.  Reconnect lines (5, 6 and 7).

Fig. 3-116:

Fig. 3-115:

3-98

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Checking the greasing pressure

The necessary greasing pressure is generated by means of a pressure translator.

Check every week, whether the oil pressure indicated by pressure gauge (4, Fig. 3-117:) is 60 bars / 870 psi (the pressure is depending on temperature and viscosity of the oil and may vary).

The greasing pressure is indicated by pressure gauge (9).

In the event of deviating pressure values, shut off the engines and check the central greasing system.

Lower oil pressure means that not all of the greasing points are supplied with grease.

Higher oil pressure may cause bursting of a greasing line.

Always refill the grease container in time to avoid air from penetrating into the greasing system. Air in the greasing may cause malfunctions.

Unblocking a grease line Fig. 3-117:

This oil pressure is reduced so that the pressure indicated by pressure gauge (2, Fig. 3-118:) is 35 – 40 bars / 507 – 580 psi.

Put the excavator back into operation only after the lubricating system works properly and after having actuated the unloaded working equipment for abt. 5 minutes. This is necessary in order to supply sufficient amounts of grease to the cylinder bearings.

Check the grease sieve regularly for contamination and clean, if required. The grease sieve must also be cleaned after an obstruction in one of the grease lines.

Cleaning  Loosen nut (6, Fig. 3-117:).  Withdraw sieve and clean with white spirit or paraffin oil.  Re-insert sieve and fasten with nut (6).

Fig. 3-118:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-99

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Oilfilter (hydraulic circuit grease pump) ) (Optional)

Replacing the filter element Change filter element regulary and when the BCS indicates a contamination.

Read and observe the "Inspection and servicing - Safety instructions" chapter.

Shut off the engines.

Risk of scalding caused by hot hydraulic oil.

The filter housings may also be hot.

Avoid skin contact.

Skin contact with hydraulic oil may cause skin injury.

Wear protective gloves and firm working clothing.

For filtering of the hydraulic oil, high pressure filter (11, Fig. 3-119:).is installed in the pumping line.

Fig. 3-120:

 Unscrew filter housing (5, Fig. 3-120:).  Withdraw filter element (6) from filter housing (5).  Clean filter housing (5) and the sealing face at the filter head (9) with white spirit or paraffin oil.  Check seals (10 and 14) and replace, if required.  Insert new filter element into filter housing (5) and refit to the filter head with new, lightly oiled sealing ring (8).

Fig. 3-119:

3-100

 Check for leaks after putting the filter into operation.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Grease filter (Filling the grease container) Read and observe the "Inspection and servicing –Safety instructions" chapter.

Shut off the engines.

Grease filter (13, Fig. 3-121:) is installed in the greasing line to the grease container.

Checking the filter element  Unscrew filter housing (32, Fig. 3-122:).  Withdraw filter element (33) from housing (32).  Remove the grease.  Clean filter housing and contact faces at the filter head with white spirit or paraffin oil.  Insert filter element into housing (32) and attach to the filter head with a new, slightly oiled sealing ring (36).  Check the high-pressure filter for leaks after the system has been put into operation.

Fig. 3-121:

Fig. 3-122:

Replacing the filter element  Remove filter element as described under "Checking the filter element".  Insert new filter element and reassemble.  Check high-pressure filter for leaks after the system has been put into operation.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-101

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Grease filter (Grease lines)

Checking the filter element  Unscrew filter housing (42, Fig. 3-124:).

Read and observe the "Inspection and servicing –Safety instructions" chapter.

Shut off the engines.

Grease filter (12, Fig. 3-123:) is installed in the greasing line to the grease container.

 Withdraw filter element (43) from housing (42).  Remove the grease.  Clean filter housing and contact faces at the filter head with white spirit or paraffin oil.  Insert filter element into housing (42) and attach to the filter head with a new, slightly oiled sealing ring (46).  Check the high-pressure filter for leaks after the system has been put into operation.

Fig. 3-123:

Fig. 3-124:

Replacing the filter element  Remove filter element as described under "Checking the filter element".  Insert new filter element and reassemble.  Check high-pressure filter for leaks after the system has been put into operation.

3-102

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing OTHER MAINTENANCE Engine Information about maintenance can be found in the engine operating instructions.

Further servicing works not described are carried out by the CGM HMS Service or the engine manufacturer.

Cleaning

Cooling system Check the radiators regularly.  Shut off the engines.  Remove any accumulated dirt.  Clean the fan blades.  Clean the radiators with a jet of water or compressed-air from the outside.

Check the engines regularly.  If the engine is cleaned with a steam-jet cleaner, make sure that the jet is not directed towards electrical components.

 Dry up coolers.



In case of firmly adhering dirt, remove radiator and clean.

If no steam-jet cleaner is available, the engines must be cleaned with suitable cleaning agents (cold cleaners).

Before cleaning the engines Exhaust pipes and turbo chargers in the engine compartments are covered with special heat-insulating material.

This material must not be spraywashed with steam-jet cleaners or high-pressure cleaners. It will be damaged. Therefore cover all the insulating material with plastic foils before using steam-jet cleaners or highpressure cleaners inside the engine compartments.

Do not clean radiators with a wire brush or similar hard objects.

Exhaust system Check the fastening bolts regularly for tightness when the exhaust system is cold.

Heating and air conditioning Change the filter mats in the air suction regulary.

The filter mats are located in the air conditioner housing (Fig. 3-125:) below the roof of the cab.

Means of fastening  Check fastening bolts regularly for tightness.

The seating planes of the bolts must be free from paint, dirt and rust.

Fig. 3-125:

 Open housing of air conditioner.  Check and clean filter mats. Replace if damaged  Close housing.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-103

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing HYDRAULIC LADDER To allow the hydraulic ladder (Fig. 3-126:) to be lowered in an emergency, the ladder mechanism is equipped with a pressure accumulator (1, Fig. 3-127:).

The pressure accumulator (1) is located in the superstructure and is accessible from the ground.

Fig. 3-127: Fig. 3-126:

3-104

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing Pressure-accumulator inspection regulations The following regulations are applicable only in Germany. Please observe the relevant regulations in force in your own country.

Extract from the German regulations

Checking the gas charging pressure in the pressure accumulator After commissioning (new installation or repair), the gas charging pressure in the pressure vessel must be checked at least once during the first week. If no pressure loss is detected, the second pressure test must be performed after ca. 3 months. If no pressure loss is detected in this test either, the testing interval can be fixed at once pressure test each year.

The accumulator vessel must not be subjected to welding, soldering or any other mechanical work.

Work on systems containing accumulators (repairs, connection of pressure gauges or similar work) may be carried out only when the fluid pressure has been relieved.

Extract from the German acceptance regulations Hydraulic accumulators are pressure vessels and are therefore subject to the "Druckbehälterverordnung (DruckbehV)" [Pressure Vessel Regulations].

Their installation, equipment and operation are governed by the "Technische Regeln Druckbehälter (TRB)" [Technical Rules for Pressure Vessels]. The pressure vessels of hydraulic accumulators are classified by the admissible operating pressure p in bars, the capacity l in liters and the product of pressure and capacity p x l. Depending on the class to which the accumulator belongs, the following inspections are mandatory: Group III p ≥ l bar and p·x l ≥ 200 bars p·x l ≤ 1000 bars

Inspections prior to commissioning at the factory at the place of use Preliminary inspection by an Acceptance inspection by an expert expert Prototype and pressure test certified by the manufacturer (type approval) or the expert

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

Regular inspections Inspection schedule to be drawn up by end user, based on experience with type of operation and operating fluids.

3-105

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing PUTTING THE EXCAVATOR OUT OF OPERATION AND RECOMMISSIONING Putting the excavator out of operation

Battery storage

 Park the excavator on firm and level ground.

 Check the acid density and the electrolyte level of the battery every two weeks.

 Set the working equipment down on the ground, retracting the piston rods of the hydraulic cylinders as far as possible.  Set all control element to "0".  Clean the machine.

During prolonged machine downtimes, remove the batteries and store in a dry room at an ambient temperature of ca. 20°C / approx. 68°F. Observe the following points with regard to maintenance:  Clean the batteries.

 Recharge the batteries at the latest, when the acid density has dropped to 1.23 kg/dm³.  Keep the batteries clean and dry on the outside.

 Carry out a visual inspection of the excavator.  Remove coarse dirt, snow and ice from the fins and fan wheel of the hydraulic oil cooler.  Carry out engines preservation.  Protect all bright metal parts (e.g. piston rods) from rust and dirt.  Check anti-freeze concentration of the cooling liquid to avoid freezing during the cold season.  Fill up the fuel tanks.  Remove the batteries; see: "Battery storage".  Secure the machine against unauthorized starting by: withdrawing the key from the key-switch locking the cab door securing all lockable hatches.  Cover up all openings

Recommissioning  Remove the covers.  Degrease / clean all protected components.  Remove engines preservation in acc. with the engine operationg anstructions.  Check the fuel level in tanks.  Check track tension (visual inspection).  Check level and condition of the cooling liquid in the cooling system.  Check grease filling in grease container.  Oil level

- drive engines, - swing gearboxes, - pump transfer gearboxes, - travel gearboxes.

 Check oil level in hydraulic oil reservoir.  Check battery acid density and level.  Install batteries and reconnect.  Function checks:

- superstructure holding brake, - track brake, - lighting system, - signalling equipment.

 Vent the hydraulic system.

3-106

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing NOTES .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................................................................................

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

3-107

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Inspection and servicing

3-108

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Repair work 4 REPAIR WORK Operating instructions

Target group

Part 1 INTRODUCTION FUNDAMENTAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Operating personnel + Inspection and servicing personnel + Repair personnel

Part 2 OPERATION

Operating personnel The operating personnel must have knowhow relevant to the operation and the application of this or comparable machines.

Part 3 INSPECTION AND SERVICING Part 4 REPAIR WORK

Inspection and servicing personnel The inspection and servicing personnel must have know-how relevant to the inspection and servicing of this or comparable machines.

Repair personnel The repair personnel must have know-how and experience relevant to the repair of this or comparable machines.

Part 5 ANNEX

Part 6 INDEX

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

Operating personnel + Inspection and servicing personnel + Repair personnel Operating personnel + Inspection and servicing personnel + Repair personnel

4-1

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Repair work

4-2

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Repair work REPAIR WORK - SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS Operating instructions Never carry out repair work without having read and understood the operating instructions.

Pay special attention to: "Fundamental Safety Instructions", "Inspection and servicing - safety instructions" and all warnings and safety instructions attached to the machine.

The descriptions of job sequences provide only experienced personnel with the necessary instructions.

The operating manual must be kept with the machine at all times.

Prestressed units Never open defective prestressed units but replace them as an entirety.

In exceptional cases, open only when the system and the operating sequence are precisely known and any special tools required are available.

The operating manual contains no information on this point.

Dismantling components Never do dismantling while the machine is at operating temperature.

Oils, greases, or coolants may have a high temperature and result in burning or scalding.

Leave time for the machine to cool down.

Repair personnel Repair personnel must have know-how and experience relevant to repairing this or comparable machines.

In the absence of such know-how, meticulous training must be given by experienced repair personnel, e.g. from CGM HMS.

Working in greater heights Always wear safety harnesses when working at greater heights.

Wear an approved safety harness; it must be equipped with fall arresters and safety cables.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

Before starting work, depressurize piping and hoses, cylinders, radiator, hydraulic tank and other systems or units.

Replace defective components in good time to prevent major damage.

Clean the defective component carefully before dismantling it.

Mark the dismantled parts in the correct sequence to faciliate re-assembly.

When dismantling the component, close off exposed hose and piping connections, exposed drill holes and housings carefully to prevent any dirt from penetrating.

4-3

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Repair work Never remove lead seals Never change rated pressure of pressure relief valves without the explicit authorization of CGM HMS. Never remove lead seals from pressure relief valves and accumulators.

After the repair work To prevent corrosion, coat all bright metal machine parts with a grease film.

On completing the work, re-assemble all protective devices, covers and noise- and vibrationinsulation material.

Never start up the drive engines while work is being done on the machine.

Check the repaired components and all machine functions in a trial run.

Never release the machine for recommissioning until it is fully functioning.

4-4

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Repair work REPAIR WORK, FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD Safety instructions Prior to commencing work, obtain informationon the national and corporate rules for the prevention of accidents and avoiding fires.

Pay particular attention to hazards caused by combustible and easily flammable substances.

Obtain information on the safe handling of the fire extinguishers to be used.

Avoid smoking and open fire on, next to and below the excavator.

Even battery gases can ignite in open flames or fire.

Combustible and easily or highly inflammable substances or liquids increase the risk of fire and explosion. This is also valid for pressure vessels containing flammable substances as, for instance, spray oil or cold-starting fluid (ether). They are heat-sensitive and can explode even if exposed only to intensive sunlight.

These substance can also ignite themselves if they come close to hot units or objects as, for instance, a turbocharger.

Do not store these substances on the excavator. If combustible, easily or highly flammable substances or liquids were used during maintenance operations, they must be completely removed from the excavator at the end of the work.

Avoid parking the excavator in places where  combustible substances such as coal dust or tar are present. 

Place suitable fire guardings (fire barriers) if open fire or flying sparks cannot be avoided during repair work.

If necessary, also cover the ground with fireprotective blankets.

Apply special protection to cables, cable ducts as well as to hose and pipe lines.

Have all your welding, flame cutting and grinding work approved before starting work.

The engine compartment can be equipped with pressure vessels containing cold-starting fluid (ether). Ether is toxic and highly flammable; the vessels are under pressure. These pressure vessels can explode if exposed to high temperatures (above 49°C / 120°F) or in the event of damage.

Protect the pressure vessels against damage before beginning to work in or close to the engine compartment.

Ensure sufficient ventilation.

Do not keep any fire extinguishers that are not suitable or have not been tested.

Do not extinguish flammable liquids with water.

Use:  dry-powder, carbon-dioxide or foam extinguishing compounds.

When getting into contact with burning substances, the fire-fighting water would abruptly evaporate and distribute the substance such as oil over a wide area. Water causes short-circuits in the electrical system thus possibly entailing new hazards.

Call the fire brigade.

Clean the excavator carefully after the maintenance, if oil, grease, fuel, detergents or coldstarting fluid have been spilt over the machine. If possible, use a steam-jet cleaner for cleaning.

open or smouldering fire may occur.

Remove the excavator from such an area where combustible or easily flammable liquids have spilled from the excavator onto the ground.

Flying sparks (caused by welding, flame cutting, grinding, electrical short-circuit) may cause fire on the ground that can spread to the excavator.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

4-5

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Repair work ENGINE, REPAIR WORK Read and observe the "Repair - Safety instructions" chapter and the engine operating instructions before working on the engine.

The engine compartment can be equipped with pressure vessels containing cold-starting fluid (ether).

Ether is toxic and highly flammable; the vessels are under pressure. These pressure vessels can explode if exposed to high temperatures (above 49°C / 120°F) or in the event of damage. Protect the pressure vessels against damage before beginning to work in or close to the engine compartment.

Risk of injury caused by rotating or hot parts of the engine.

Shut off the engine and allow to cool down.

Carry out repair work only if the machine has been secured as described in the "Securing the machine" section of these operating instructions.

Check and replace V-belts only when the engine is stationary.

Before cleaning the engines Exhaust pipes and turbo chargers in the engine compartments are covered with special heat-insulating material.

This material must not be spraywashed with steam-jet cleaners or high-pressure cleaners. It will be damaged. Therefore cover all the insulating material with plastic foils before using steam-jet cleaners or highpressure cleaners inside the engine compartments.

4-6

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Repair work ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Assisted starting (with jumper cables) – Safety instructions Keep any potential ignition sources, such as unshielded lights or burning cigarettes, away from the batteries.

Battery gases are highly flammable.

Explosion hazard.

Do not lean over the batteries when starting the machine from another vehicle.

Risk of injury from acid splashes and battery gases.

Never use assisted starting when the batteries are defective or frozen.

Never connect batteries (battery assemblies) unless they have the same voltage.

Use only tested jumper cables with insulated terminal clips and an adequate lead diameter.

Ensure that the bodies of the supplying and receiving machines are not in contact. Otherwise a current flow could result from connecting the positive poles. Risk of short-circuiting.

Never use welding generators or welding transformers as a source of current.

Position the jumper cables in such a way that they cannot be caught by rotating engine components.

Read and observe: "Inspection and servicing – Safety instructions", paying particular attention to the section "Handling batteries".

Assisted starting (with jumper cables) Prior to assisted starting Read and observe the section: "Assisted starting – Safety instructions".

Starting the engine with jumper cables (external batteries Before connecting the jumper cables (external bateries) check the own batteries for proper operation. Checking is done by switching on the excavator's electrical system.

Do not switch on electrical consumers (e.g. floodlamps) when checking the batteries. In case of doubt, remove the batteries and have them tested.

Assisted starting with batteries installed  Connect first the positive terminal of the jumper cable to the batteries and then to the supplying unit.  Connect the negative terminals in the same order.  After starting, disconnect the jumper cable in reverse order, i.e. first the negative terminal and then the positive terminal.

Assisted starting without batteries installed (only for engine trial run) Do not disconnect the starting aid when the engine is running.

After disconnecting, the alternator runs without batteries.  Connect the jumper cable in the above- described order and disconnect after starting.  Switch off all consumers at the receiving machine and turn the key-operated switch to "0"  Switch off all consumers at the supplying machine (charged batteries) and shut off the engine.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

4-7

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Repair work Connecting the jumper cables  Connect the red jumper cable to the positive pole of the empty battery (1,Fig. 4-1:), then to the positive pole of the charged battery (2).

Starting up the engine

 Connect the black jumper cable first to the negative pole of the charged battery (3), then to the negative pole of the empty battery (4).

 Start up the engine of the receiving machine.

If the engine fails to start up after 15 seconds, wait for one minute and thenstart again.

Explosion hazard When the negative terminal is connected to ground, a strong current flows through the jumper cable.

The sparks produced in the contact area can ignite the gases emanating from the discharged battery.

The negative terminal must therefore be connected to ground at a place as far away from the discarged batteríes as possible.

 Start up the engines of the supplying machine and run at high speed.

 When the engine has started up, continue running both machines in no-load operation for about two or three minutes with the jumper cables still connected.

Disconnecting the jumper cables  Negative pole at the receiving machine (4)  Negative pole at the supplying machine (3)  Positive pole at the supplying machine (2)  Positive pole at the receiving machine (1)  For machines with electronic modules: - Run engine for about half an jour at low speed. The batteries are partially charged.

- Shut off engine - Make all electrical connections to the modules.

- Start up engine without jumper cables.

Fig. 4-1:

4-8

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Repair work HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Repair instructions Always depressurize the hydraulic system before disconnecting any hydraulic hoses or pipes.

Read and observe also the chapters "Inspection and servicing - Safety instructions" and "Repair - Safety instructions".

Replace damaged and leaking hydraulic hoses and pipes as soon as possible by new ones.

Use original spare parts from CGM HMS. They are adapted to the respective function.

Do not re-use old hoses.

Never repair damaged hoses.

Discard escaped oil and oily wastes without polluting the environment. These substances must not be allowed to penetrate into the soil.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

Hydraulic hoses – Instructions Even hoses that have been properly stored or used are subject to natural ageing. Their useful life is therefore limited.

Hydraulic hoses must replaced after a service life of six years (including a storage time of 2 years).

Check the date of manufacture on the hose or on the hose fitting regularly.

The recommended interval after which hydraulic hoses - and especially those used in harsh conditions - must be replaced depends on the number of operating hours and on pressure loading.

The use of hoses close to their recommended load limit shortens the replacement interval (e.g. high temperatures, frequent working cycles, extremely high pulse frequencies as well as multi-shift operation and round-the-clock work).

Hydraulic hoses must be replaced, if one of the following defects is detected during a visual inspection:  Damage to the outer fibre reinforcement layer reaching down to the inner layer (cuts, chafe marks, cracks). 

Embrittlement of the outer fibre reinforcement layer (cracks in the hose material).



Changes in the ususal shape of the hose under pressure or in pressureless condition in bends or curves such as detachment of fibre layers, formation of bubbles or bulges.



Leaks.



Non-observance of fitting requirements.



Damage to or deformation of hose fittings that may result in a reduction of the strength of the screwed union.



Detachment of the hose from the fitting.



Corrosion in fittings reducing the strength of the function of the fitting.

4-9

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Repair work PRESSURE ACCUMULATORS SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS The hydraulic system is equipped with pressure accumulators containing nitrogen under high initial pressure.

Even when the hydraulic pressure in the system is reduced, the nitrogen in the accumulator will remain under pressure.

The accumulators are completely safe in operation. If incorrectly handled, however, there is a risk of explosion.

So:  Never handle accumulators never weld or solder.

mechanically,

 Testing and servicing work must be carried out by experts only.  Prior to any testing and servicing work, depressurize the hydraulic part of the system.  To dismantle the accumulator, always wear goggles and working gloves.  Fill accumulator with nitrogen only, never with compressed air or oxygen.  Report any defects or damage to the machine owner without delay.  Prior to recommissioning, an inspection by a specialist or expert is essential if the accumulator was damaged or if the admissible operating temperature or operating pressure was exceeded.  Never remove or paint over warning and information plates, rating plates or type identification markings. Replace illegible or damaged plates immediately.

4-10

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Repair work WELDING AND FLAME CUTTING WORKS - SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS The present safety instructions are valid for both types of work. For easier reading, the text only uses the terms "welding work", "welding" or simply "work". These terms do however always refer to both types of work, i.e. "welding and flame-cutting work".

Read these safety instructions before starting any welding or flame-cutting operations.

Welding work by qualified personnel only Carry out welding work only if you have received special training and if you have been ordered to perform such work.

Always bear in mind that you are performing welding work on heavily loaded components. The quality of your welding work can be decisive for the operational capability of the machine and also for the health and life of persons.

Observe the health protection and accident prevention laws and regulations as well as the fire protection regulations in force in your country.

Observe all warning and instruction signs attached to the machine.

Increased risk of fire during welding work Always bear in mind that the heat, the sparks or dripping red-hot metal or slag produced in the process constitute a considerable risk of fire.

The present safety instructions provide information on how to minimize the risk of fire.

Remove all combustible materials close to the welding location or cover them up with noncombustible materials.

If works in the vicinity of combustible materials cannot be avoided, further persons with firefighting equipment must be present on site as fireguards.

Observe the instructions of the machine owner and of the mine.

Health hazards Welding operations produce harmful gases. Do not inhale the fumes and gases and make sure the surroundings of the welding location are well ventilated or equipped with an exhaust system.

Remove all kinds of paint and all coatings as well as all residues of oils and greases from the weld area.

Do not wind the welding cables round your body or parts of your body. The electromagnetic fields produced may damage your health.

Wear the prescribed personal protective equipment such as:  protective clothing,  protective gloves,  protective mask and,  a fall-arrest system for persons working at height.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

4-11

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Repair work Tanks, pressure vessels and pressure accumulators Any work on vessels containing or having contained  combustible or combustion-accelerating substances,  potentially explosive substances or  substances susceptible to develop harmful gases, fumes, mists or dusts during welding may only be carried out under expert supervision and only by experienced personnel especially assigned to such work.

This prescription applies, for instance, to all tanks and reservoirs for hydraulic fluid, engine oil, diesel fuel or lubricating grease.

Welding work on pressure vessels and pressure accumulators is forbidden.

Pressure vessels containing cold-starting fluid (ether) may be installed in or near the engine compartment.

Ether is toxic and highly flammable; the vessels are under pressure. These pressure vessels can explode if exposed to high temperatures (above 49°C / 120°F) or in the event of damage.

Protect the vessels against damage and high temperatures.

Do not perform welding work in the vicinity of these pressure vessels before they have been covered up safely against accidental contact or flying sparks. Have the pressure vessels removed from the machine, if safe protection cannot be ensured.

Inform yourself about the locations in the machine where the pressure accumulators of the hydraulic system are installed. Do not perform welding work in the vicinity of these pressure accumulators before they have been covered up safely against accidental contact or flying sparks. Have the pressure accumulators removed from the machine, if safe protection cannot be ensured.

Slewing rings and articulated joints The welding current must not flow through ballbearing or roller-bearing slewings rings, through bolted connections or articulated joints or through hydraulic cylinders.

An electric current flowing through an air gap (e.g. in the bearing or in the articulation) produces a spark which damages the metallic surface.

The welding clamps must therefore always be connected very close to the weld area (max. 2 - 3 m away (6.6-9.8 ft)).

Information relating to the electrical system and to electronic modules Electric arc welding produces electromagnetic fields, electrostatic charges and voltage spikes which can cause damage to electronic modules.

Although the electronic modules of the machine are carefully protected against these influences, it is nevertheless necessary to take additional precautions in order to prevent such damage to the greatest possible extent.

•

Switch off the electrical system ("ignition OFF").

•

Open the battery main switch (or disconnect the starter batteries from the machine).

•

Lay the welding cables as far away from electric lines as possible.

If it is not possible to implement all of the abovementioned precautions, all connectors must be removed from the electronic modules before beginning any welding work.

•

Protect withdrawn terminals and connectors from short circuits and soiling. Cover up terminals and connectors with foils or adhesive tape.

•

Never touch the enclosures of electrical and electronic modules with the welding electrode.

•

Protect electric lines against the heat emanating from the weld area.

•

Restore all electrical connections when the welding operations are terminated.

Never connect the ground clamp of the welding cable to the enclosures of electric or electronic modules.

4-12

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Repair work Welding on the counterweight

Welding on the cab

Counterweights may contain a build-up of flammable gases. Before starting to work, counterweights must be flushed for at least 20 minutes with compressed air in order to remove these build-ups of gas. To permit flushing, the counterweight has two bores in its upper part: a threaded bore M18x1.5 for the compressed-air line and another unthreaded bore to let the air out.

The driver's cab is designed in such a way that it meets the FOPS (Falling Objects Protective Structure) requirements in accordance with DIN EN ISO 3449.

Detailed information / instructions on this subject can be found in Service Information 2006-33 which is available on the CGM HMS website under Maintenance & Service.

Welding on components of the working equipment and on other fully or partly closed steel structures Components may be equipped with pipelines routed inside. These lines can contain combustible substances such as hydraulic oil or lubricating grease which may be set on fire by welding operations.

•

Check whether pipes or hosepipes are connected to the steel component.

•

Depressurize these lines.

•

Open the screwed connections and empty the lines routed inside the component.

•

Start welding only after these operations have been carried out.

Welding and other mechanical work is forbidden as there is a risk of reducing the structural stability of the cab.

Further information More detailed information concerning the state-ofthe-art execution of welding operations can be found in the technical handbook "Welding for maintenance and repair".

For problems or queries please contact the competent service personnel.

If parts of the machine have to be removed or dismantled, please read and observe the chapters: "Assembly of working equipment, safety instructions", "Inspection and servicing, safety instructions", "Repair, safety instructions".

Electric lines may also be be laid inside partly open steel structures in order to protect them against damage. They are not always visible from each viewing direction. Electric lines may catch fire as a result of the heat produced during welding.

•

Therefore check carefully whether electric lines are laid in the vicinity of the weld area.

•

Protect electric lines against the heat produced at the weld area or have them removed before starting the welding operations.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

4-13

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Repair work DISPOSAL AT THE END OF THE SERVICE LIFE Dismantling and removal instructions Before beginning work, think about the risks involved, e.g.: 

Most of the machine components have considerable mass. Therefore use only lifting gear and slings of sufficient bearing capacity.



Risk of residual pressures still in the hydraulic system. Be very careful when opening hydraulic lines.

Read the following text attentively and observe the instructions given. Respecting the instructions will help you to protect yourself against health hazards and injuries and to prevent avoidable environment pollution.

Risk of deflagrations In the course of time, flammable gases may have formed or accumulated in the hollow spaces of welded constructions, e.g. the counterweight. To remove these flammable gases, the hollow spaces must be purged carefully with compressed air before work with hand grinders, flame cutters or other sparking tools is being undertaken.

Risk of fire Remainders of fuel or oils may lead to the formation of flammable gases in tanks or other hollow spaces. When these tanks or hollow bodies are cut into pieces, the gases may ignite or even explode.

For this reason, remove all fuel or oil remainders from these components and purge them carefully with compressed air in order to eliminate flammable gases (other efficient methods of removing flammable gases can also be applied) before work with hand grinders, flame cutters or other sparking tools is being undertaken.

4-14

Disposing of the machine without polluting the environment Before stripping down the machine at the end of its service life observe the following instructions: The assemblies of the machine contain various operating fluids or lubricants. These substances may pollute the environment (so-called hazardous substances) and must therefore be disposed of properly.

Observe the national laws and regulations governing the non-polluting disposal of these substances.

Remove all operating fluids from the systems, remove all lubricants and dispose of these substances properly. 

Fuel system: fuel tanks, fuel filters, fuel lines, filling station.

Auxiliary attachment and units, such as an onboard crane or an auxiliary heater have their own fuel tanks with the corresponding line systems.



Hydraulic oil: hydraulic oil reservoir, hydraulic cylinders, hydraulic motors, hosepipes, piping, hydraulic pumps, hydraulic valves, hydraulic oil filter, filling station.



Engine coolant: engine, radiator, expansion reservoir, piping and hosepipes, filling station.



Gearbox oil in slewing, travelling and transfer gearbox systems, expansion tanks, piping and hospipes, filling station; idlers, support and track rollers.



Have the refrigerant (R134A) sucked out of the air conditioner system.



Grease from the central lubricating system, grease drum, piping and hosepipes, distributors, filling station; grease accumulations in bearings of the working equipment, grease filling in the slewing ring, grease filling in track and support rollers as well as in idlers.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Repair work Further hazardous substances

Appropriate disposal of batteries



Batteries contain lead and acid.



Electronic modules are located in switch cabinets of the cab module, the engine module, the control column.

The machine is equipped with batteries containing lead and other harmful and polluting substances.



Pressure accumulators contain nitrogen under high pressure and possibly remainders of hydraulic oil.



Lamps of Xenon working lights contain mercury.

The required electronic control circuits are integrated in the housings of the working lights.



The fluorescent lamps of the maintenance lighting (discharge types) contain mercury.



Insulating material of cables can contain PVC.



The fire extinguishing system (if installed) contains trigger charges (ATTENTION, explosion risk) on the extinguishing agent containers.

Pressure accumulators, extinguishing gas and extinguishing powder.

For more detailed information please refer to the manufacturer's safety datasheets.

Damaged or used batteries must therefore not be disposed of in the environment. They must be disposed of properly and separately from other waste.

The batteries are marked with the corresponding symbols (Fig. 1).

Since batteries contain also reusable materials, they are taken back free of charge by the manufacturer, dealer or by other specialized companies.

In the European Community, the final consumer is obliged by law to to dispose of used batteries in designated waste collections centers.

Observe the current regulations and laws of your country with regard to the handling of damaged or used batteries.

Fig. 4-2:

The symbols in Fig. 4-2: have the following meaning:

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN



Crossed-out waste bin= Do not dispose of batteries with normal household waste.



Pb……= Chemical symbol for lead.



Circle of bent arrows= Recycling symbol, ingredients of the battery can be reused.

4-15

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Repair work

4-16

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Repair work NOTES .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................................................................................

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

4-17

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Repair work

4-18

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Annex 5 ANNEX Operating instructions

Target group

Part 1 INTRODUCTION FUNDAMENTAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Operating personnel + Inspection and servicing personnel + Repair personnel

Part 2 OPERATION

Operating personnel The operating personnel must have knowhow relevant to the operation and the application of this or comparable machines.

Part 3 INSPECTION AND SERVICING Part 4 REPAIR WORK

Inspection and servicing personnel The inspection and servicing personnel must have know-how relevant to the inspection and servicing of this or comparable machines.

Repair personnel The repair personnel must have know-how and experience relevant to the repair of this or comparable machines.

Part 5 ANNEX

Operating personnel + Inspection and servicing personnel + Repair personnel

Part 6 INDEX

Operating personnel + Inspection and servicing personnel + Repair personnel

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

5-1

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Annex

5-2

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Annex TROUBLESHOOTING Instructions on troubleshooting

Layout of the fault table

Faults are often due to the machine not being correctly operated or serviced.

Fault

For this reason, it is vital to read through the relevant section of the operating instructions once again before rectifying any faults.

The fault is described here as the outcome of an observation or a previous activity.

Therefore make careful observations.

If you are unable to detect the cause of the fault or to rectify it, apply to the CGM HMS after-sales service.

Study the problem carefully. First think, then act.

Describe the fault and all accompanying circumstances as precisely as possible when calling on the CGM HMS after-sales service. Exact data allow for fast troubleshooting.



What repair and servicing work was carried out previously?



Has this defect already occurred?

Never do any jobs for which you are not qualified.



The fault table lists all faults which have been reported to date and outlines their possible causes and rectifying measures. In exceptional cases, a described fault may also have a different cause.

Is it one or several simultaneously occurring faults?

Possible causes

Ask yourself the following questions:  Which warning signals preceded the fault?

The possible causes of the observed fault are outlined in this group. They are arranged in order of probability, i.e. the possible cause occurring in most cases heads the list.

Measures This describes the troubleshooting procedure.

Section This specifies where information on troubleshooting is given in the operating instructions. If there is no entry, the CGM HMS after-sales service should be consulted

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

5-3

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Annex FAULT TABLES Combustion engine - Fault table Fault Engine fails to start or starts only with difficulty Engine does not turn Engine starts, but runs enevenly or intermittently Engine gets too hot, temperature warning activated

Remedial action Check P Adjust Replace

E W

Top up Reduce

A S

Clean

R

Engine not working at full power Engine not working on full cylinder papacity Engine without oil pressure or oil pressure too low Engine oil comsumption too high Engine emits blue smoke Engine emits white smoke Engine emits black smoke Engine cannot be stopped Engine throttled down strongly Cause •

•

• •

• • • • •

• •

•

•

•

•

•

• •

•

• • •

•

1) Contact the CGM HMS Service

Chapter ref.

Oil level too low

Engine oil level

Oil level too high

Engine oil level

S

Engine inclination too big

Engine Op. Instr.

P

A

Engine oil of wrong SAE-class

Lubricants

W

Fuel quality not corresponding to specification

Engine Op. Instr.

W

Air filter contaminated / turbo-charger defective

Air intake syst.

P

Fuel filter contaminated

Fuel filter

P/W

Charge-air line leaking

P

•

Radiator / cooling fins contaminated

Cooler cleaning

R

•

Cooling fan or water pump defective or loose

Engine Op. Instr.

P/W

•

Cooling air gets too hot / heat buid-up

P

•

Battery defective or discharged

•

Cable connections in starter circuit loose or corroded

•

Starter defective or pinion not in mesh

P

Shut-off relay jamming

1)

•

•

•

• • • •

•

•

•

• • • •

•

• • • •

Injection valve defective Combustion engine blocked on output side

• •

•

• •

• PMS malfunction • Celect coding lamp flashing/lit Celect defective (software error)

P P

Engine Op. Instr.

Injection line leaking

•

5-4

Incorrect valve setting

Battery

E P

Engine Op. Instr.

P/W 1) 1) 1) 1)

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Annex Working hydraulics – Fault table Fault

Remedial action

Working and swing functions not operational No boom function No bucket function No backhoe function No stick function Working movements too slow Power loss in working hydraulics Uncontrolled working movements Cause Electronic excavator control not activated/defective

• •••••

•

•

• ••••• •

Fuel filter contaminated

•

• •

Servo system pump defective

•

•

1) 1)

• Malfunction of primary / sencondary pressure-relief valves Engine speed too low ECO-power switch in 80%-position

P E W A S R

1) Contact the CGM HMS Service Abschnitt Working P

Malfunction of pressure-relief valve

• •

Check Adjust Replace Top up Reduce Clean

1) P P Fuel filter

P/W Engine mal- 1) function Hydraulic oil temperatur too high (warning lamp lit, PMS fault indicator Hydraulic oil P/R lamp lit) oil cooler contaminated cooler cleaning Engine coolant temperature too high (warning lamp lit and PMS fault 1) indicator lamp flashing) 1) • Malfunction of solenoid valves Malfunction of control spool 1) • Engine coupling defective Insufficient engine power

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

5-5

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Annex Track drive – Fault table Fault

Remedial action

No forward travel and no reversing travel Maximum travel speed cannot be reached Insufficient traction power

•

•

•

• •

• • • • • •

• •

• •

5-6

•

Cause Malfunction of pressure-relief valves

Check Adjust Replace Top up Reduce Clean

P E W A S R

1) Contact the CGM HMS Service Chapter ref.

1)

Servo system pump defective Malfunction of travel valve (pedal) Engine nominal speed too low Malfunction of control spool ECO-power switch in 80%-position Insufficient engine power

1) 1) 1) 1) Travelling P Engine mal- 1) fuction Hydraulic oil temperatur too high (warning lamp lit, PMS fault indi- Hydraulic oil P/R cator lamp lit) oil cooler contaminated cooler cleaning Engine coolant temperature too high (warning lamp lit and PMS 1) fault indicator lamp flashing)

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Annex Swing mechnism – Fault table Fault

Remedial action

No swing possible No righthand or lefthand swinging Swinging performance insufficient Uncontrolled swinging movement

Cause Electronic excavator control not activated / defective

• • • • • •

•

• •

• • • • •

Limiting switch optional, ramp-type ladder not complete retracted Superstructure holding brake applied Pressure-relief valve adjusted too low level / defective Servo system pump defective Malfunction in feed-pressure circuit of swing pump Malfunction in high-pressure circuit of swing system Malfuction of moment-regulating valve Malfunction in swing pump displacement cylinder Excessive leakage in swing motor

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

Check Adjust Replace Top up Reduce Clean 1) Contact the CGM HMS Service Chapter ref.

Working

P E W A S R

Operation

P P 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1)

P

5-7

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Annex Central lubricating system – Fault table Fault

Remedial action

Grease pump not working, the BCS does not indicate a warning Automatic circuit breaker on Grease pump not working, pilot lamp lit Grease pump working, no grease delivered Greasing pressure too high or too low

• • • •

Cause Timer defective

• • •

•

• • •

• • • • •

5-8

Lines between timer and hydraulic motor defective Hydraulikmotor defektive Grease pump defective Grease sieve clogged Distributor defective Grease container empty Grease pump does not suck grease Leaky lines Non-return valve defective Pressure switch defective

Check Adjust Replace Top up Reduce Clean Vent 1) Contact the CGM HMS Service Chapter ref.

P E W A S R L

P/W P/W P/W P/W P/R P/W P/A P/L P/L P/W E

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Annex HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM Detailled information can be found in the „Technical Handbook“ chapter 8 or contact CGM HMS Service.

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

5-9

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Annex ABBREVIATIONS A abt. acc.

Ah API approx.

Ampere (SI base unit of electric current) about according to Ampere hours (SI base unit of quantity of electricity) American Petroleum Institute approximately

BA bar Bh

= OI = Operating instructions unit of pressure, 1 bar = 14.5 psi = OH = Operating hour

CE

Communauté Européenne = European community Committee for european Construction Equipment (Defines a measure for bucket, grab or scoop filling) European Standardization Committee centimeter (= 1/100 m) Cubic centimeters per revolution counterclockwise clockwise

CECE

CEN cm cm3/rev CCW CW

dia.

DIN

Decibel (sound intensity according to measuring method A) Diameter German Industrial Standard

EDS eff. e.g. etc.

Electronic diagnostic system effective for example etcetera

Fig. FOPS FS ft

Figure, serial number of illustration Falling objects protective structures Rock shovel (working equipment) foot (unit of distance), 1 ft = 0.30 meter

gal GLR

gallon (unit of volume), 1 gal = 3.78 liters Full-load controller (electronic module for PMS)

HD Hydr.

Heavy duty Hydraulic, Hydraulics

i i.e.

IFN

Transmission ratio

dB(A)

5-10

Incl.

ISO

including, inclusive of International Standardization Organization

kg kg/dm3

Kilogram (unit of weight), 1 kg = 2.2 lb Kilograms per cubic decimeter (= unit of specific density) Kilometers per hour KiloNewtons per meter (1 kNm = 1000 Nm) = unit of torque Kilowatt (1 kW = 1.36 hp)

km/h kNm kW l lb Lb/in² LC LDA LED l/min LpA LS LwA

Liter (unit of volume), 1 liter = 0.26 gal pound (unit of mass), 1 lb = 0.45 kg Pounds per square inch (= psi) Long crawler Charge pressure-dependent full-load limiter Light-emitting diode Liters per minute Sound pressure at workplace Limited slip Sound power level of the machine in stationary operation

m MA mA max. min. min-1 mm

Meter (unit of distance), 1 m = 3.28 ft Tightening torque 1 Milliampere (= /1000 A) maximal, maximum minimal, minimum Revolutions per minute Millimeter (=1/1000 m)

N N, kN NLGI NLGI-Klasse Nm No.

Normal, standard version Newton, kiloNewton (unit of force) National Lubricating Grease Institute (USA) Consistency - lubricant classification acc. to DIN 51 818 Newtonmeter (unit of torque) Number

OH op.inst.

OW

Operating hour Operating instructions Superstructure

oz

ounce (unit of volume) 1 oz = 0.03 liter

id est = that is ISO service rating, blocked

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Annex

ABBREVIATIONS

PLC

Pump Managing System Part number (CGM HMS) Metric horsepower (1 PS = 0.74 kW) pund per sqare inch (unit of pressure), 1 psi = 0.069 bar Programmable logic controller

Qty.

Quantity

R, r resp.

RH ROPS rpm

Radius Respectively Crawler hydraulics (excavator) Roll-over protective structures Revolutions per minute (= min-1)

SAE sec./s.

SN SW

Society of Aotomotive Engineers (USA) Second CGM HMS partnumber Width across flats

t TBG

typ.

Metric ton (= 1000 kg) Civil Engineering Employer's Liability Insurance Association Technical Handbook Backhoe dipper (attachment) Tons by meters (obsolescent unit of swing torque) Typical

U/min UW

Revolutions per minute Undercarriage

V VDMA

Volt (unit of electric voltage) Association of German Machinery and Systems Manufacturers

PMS P/No. PS psi

THB TL tm

W

Watt (unit of electric power)

°C °F > <

Degrees Celsius (temperature) Degrees Fahrenheit (temperature) greater than less than

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

5-11

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Annex

5-12

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Annex TECHNICAL DATA

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

5-13

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Annex

5-14

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

Cat®

6018 Hydraulic Shovel

Specifications General Data

Operating Weight

Operating weight Face Shovel Backhoe

177 tonnes 195 tons 181 tonnes 200 tons

Engine output SAE J 1995 Cat® C18

858 kW

1,150 HP

Standard bucket capacity Face Shovel (SAE 2:1) Backhoe (SAE 1:1)

10.0 m 10.0 m3

13.1 yd 13.1 yd3

3

3

Shovel Standard track pads 800 mm (2 ft 7 in) Operating weight 177 000 kg (390,210 lb) Ground Pressure 17.9 N/cm2 (25.9 psi) Additional track pads available on request Backhoe Standard track pads Operating weight Ground Pressure

800 mm (2 ft 7 in) 180 600 kg (398,150 lb) 18.3 N/cm2 (26.5 psi)

Additional track pads available on request Features • Twin-engine concept • TriPower shovel attachment • Independent oil-cooling system • 3-circuit hydraulic system • Electronic-hydraulic servo control • Board Control System (BCS) • Torque control in closed-loop swing circuit • Automatic central lubrication system • Xenon working lights

BI015192

Hydraulic Shovel—6018

6 125 mm (17 ft 6 in)

5 890 mm (19 ft 4 in)

5 080 mm (16 ft 8 in)

5 575 mm (18 ft 3 ft)

6 540 mm (11 ft 5 in)

5 400 mm (17 ft 9 in)

3 720 mm (12 ft 2 in) 2 015 mm (6 ft 7 in)

5 510 mm (18 ft 1 in) 7 150 mm (23 ft 5 in)

Hydraulic Oil Cooling Oil flow of cooling pumps Diesel version 2 x 412 l/min (2 x 109 US gal/min) Electric version 608 + 218 l/min ( 161 + 58 US gal/min) Diameter of fans 2 x 1 120 mm (2 x 3 ft 8 in) • Cooling system is fully independent of all main circuits, i.e. controlled cooling capacity is available whenever engine is running • Gear-type cooling pumps supplying high-volume low pressure oil to fans and aluminium coolers • Fan speed and flow of oil to the coolers are electronically controlled • Extremely high cooling efficiency to ensure optimum oil temperature

Electric Motor (optional) Type Squirrel cage induction motor Output 650 kW Voltage 6.3 kV ± 10 % (other on request) 72 A (at 6.3 kV) Rated Current IN Frequency 50 Hz (60 Hz on request) Revolutions 1 500 min-1 (1 800 min-1 on request) Starting current 350% of IN (260% of IN optional) • Custom-made electric motor with increased gap between rotor and stator to withstand severe mining conditions • Power limit control by Pump Managing System

1,895 mm (6 ft 3 in)

1 000 mm (3 ft 3 in)

800 mm (2 ft 7 in) 5 300 mm (17 ft 5 in)

Diesel Engines (standard) Cat® C18 Tier 3 Make and model 2 x Cat C18 Total rated net power 824 kW (1,104 HP) 1 800 min-1 ISO 3046/1 Total rated net power 824 kW (1,104 HP) 1 800 min-1 SAE J1349 Total rated gross power 858 kW (1,150 HP) 1 800 min-1 SAE J1995 No. of cylinders (each engine) 6 145 mm (5.7 in) Bore Stroke 183 mm (7.2 in) Displacement 18.1 l (1,105 in³) Aspiration Turbocharged and charge air cooled Max. altitude without 2 000 m (6,560 ft) a.s.l. deration at 20°C Emission certification US EPA Tier 4i Europe NRMM Tier III B 2 x 150 A Alternators 3 200 l (845 US gal) Fuel tank capacity • Microprocessed engine management • Automatic rev. reduction • Heavy duty air-filters, STRATA 1 with automatic dust evacuation • Two-stage fuel filter incl. water separator

BI015192

Hydraulic Shovel—6018 Electrical System (diesel drive) System voltage 24 V Batteries (12 V each) 4 x 210 Ah in series / parallel installation 420 Ah - 24 V Working spotlights 8 x high brightness Xenon lights • Battery isolation relays • Emergency stop switches accessible from ground level and in engine module

Hydraulic System with Pump Managing System Main pumps Diesel version 4 x variable swash plate pumps

Electric version 2 x variable axial piston pumps Max. oil flow Diesel version 4 x 412 l/min

(4 x 109 US gal/min)

Electric version 2 x 578 l/min

(2 x 153 US gal/min) Max. pressure, attachment 30 MPa = 300 bar (4,350 psi) Swing pumps Diesel version 2 x Reversible swash

plate pumps

Electric version 1 x Reversible swash

plate pump Max. oil flow Diesel version 2 x 288 l/min (76 US gal/min)

Electric version 516 l/min (136 US gal/min) Max. pressure, swing circuit 35 MPa = 350 bar (5,080 psi) Total volume of hydraulic oil approx. 2 500 l (660 US gal) Hydraulic tank capacity approx. 2 000 l (528 US gal) • Pump Managing System contains: - Electronic load limit control - Flow on demand from main pumps depending on joystick position - Automatic regulation of main pumps to zero flow without demand - Automatic rpm reduction of engine speed during workout breaks - Reduced oil flow of main pumps at high hydraulic oil temperature or at low and high engine temperature • Pressure cut-off for main pumps • Cooling of pump transmission gear oil • Filters: - Full-flow high-pressure filters (100 μm) for the main pumps, installed directly behind each pump - Full-flow filters (10 μm) for the complete return circuit - Pressure filters (40 μm and 6 μm) for servo circuit

Undercarriage Travel speeds Diesel version Max. 2.34 km/h (1.45 mph) Electric version Max. 1.70 km/h (1.06 mph) Max. tractive force 1 239 kN (126 t =

278,440 lb) Gradability of travel drives Max. 88 % Track pads (each side) 47 Bottom rollers (each side) 8 Support rollers (each side) 2 plus a skid plate

in between Travel drives (each side) 1 planetary transmission

with 1 axial piston motor Parking brakes Wet multiple disc brake,

spring applied /

hydraulically released • Forged double-grouser track pads • Chain links connected by hardened pins and bushings • All running surfaces of sprockets, idlers, rollers and track links are hardened • Fully hydraulic self-adjusting track tensioning system with membrane accumulator • Automatic hydraulic retarder valve to prevent overspeed on downhill travel • Acoustic travel alarm • Track guides

Hydraulic Shovel—6018 Operator’s Cab Operator’s eye level Diesel version approx. 5.4 m (17 ft 9 in) Electric version approx. 6.2 m (20 ft 4 in) Internal dimensions of cab Length 1 800 mm (5 ft 11 in) Width 1 300 mm (4 ft 3 in) Height 2 150 mm (7 ft 1 in) • Pneumatically cushioned and multi-adjustable comfort seat with lumbar support, seat heating, safety belt, headand armrests • Switch in seat cushion to automatically neutralize the hydraulic controls when operator leaves the seat • Joystick controls integrated in independently adjustable seat consoles • Fold-away auxiliary seat with safety belt • FOPS (rock guard; approved acc. to DIN ISO 3449) integrated into cab structure • All-round safety glass, armored windshield and sliding side window • Windshield with parallel intermittent wiper/washer • Roller blind at windshield • Robust instrument panel incl. large colored BCS screen with transflective technology • Board Control System (BCS) electronic monitoring and data logging system for vital signs and service data of engines, hydraulic system and lubrication system • Machine access via retractable boarding ladder, hydraulically operated • Emergency exit harness kit

Automatic Lubrication System 200 l (53 US gal) Capacity of grease barrel • Dual-circuit system with hydraulically driven heavy-duty pump and electronic time relay control to adjust the pause / lube times • Connected to the lubrication system are the swing roller bearing with internal gearing and all pivot points of attachment, bucket and cylinders except linkage of BH-attachment • System failures displayed by Board Control System • Grease filters (200 μm) behind grease pump

Swing System Swing Drives Parking Brakes Max. swing speed Swing ring

2 compact planetary transmissions with axial piston motors Wet multiple disc brake, spring-loaded / hydraulically released Diesel version 4.7 rpm Electric version 4.1 rpm Triple race roller bearing with sealed internal gearing

BI015192

• Closed-loop swing circuit with torque control • Hydraulic braking of the swing motion by counteracting control • All raceways of swing ring, as well as grease bath for internal gearing, supplied by automatic central lubrication system

Retractable Service Station • Retractable service station installed underneath the engine module and easily accessible from ground. Equipped with: • Quick couplings for: - Diesel fuel - Engine coolant - left / right - Pump transmission gear oil - left / right - Engine oil (oil pan) - left / right - Engine oil (additional tank - optional) - left / right - Hydraulic oil tank - Grease container (optional) • Cat jump-start socket • Indicator lights for fuel tanks left / right full

Attachments • Booms and sticks are torsion-resistant, welded box design of high tensile steel with massive steel castings at pivot areas • Welding procedures allow for internal counter-welding (double prep weld) wherever possible • Booms and Sticks are stress-relieved after welding • Inspection hole in boom (FS) • Pressure-free lowering of boom (FS and BH) and stick (FS) by means of a float valve • Shovel attachment with unique TriPower kinematics ensuring the following main features: - Horizontal automatic constant-angle bucket guidance - Vertical automatic constant-angle bucket guidance - Automatic roll-back limiter to prevent material spillage - Kinematic assistance to hydraulic forces - Constant boom momentum throughout the whole lift arc - Crowd force assistance • All buckets (FS and BH) are equipped with a universal wear package suitable for all standard applications,which consists of: -S pecial liner material covering main wear areas inside and outside of bucket - Lip shrouds between teeth - Wing shrouds on side walls - Bottom edge protection • Special wear packages for highly abrasive materials on request

BI015192

Hydraulic Shovel—6018 TriPower Face Shovel Attachment (FS) Working Diagram - Boom 6.35 m (20 ft 10 in) - Stick 4.1 m (13 ft 5 in)

ft 45

m 14 13

40

35

12 11 10

30

9 8

25 7 20

6 5

100 SHT

15 4 10

3 2

5 1 0

0 1

5 2 10

3

14 45

Working Range Max. digging height Max. digging reach Max. digging depth Max. dumping height Crowd distance on level

13

12

11

40

13.2 m 12.9 m 2.3 m 10.1 m 4.8 m

Face Shovels Type Tooth system Capacity SAE / PCSA 1:1 Capacity SAE / CECE 2:1 Total width Inner width Opening width No. of teeth Weight incl. universal wear kit Max. material density (loose)

10 35

9

8

30

7 25

43 ft 4 in 42 ft 4 in 7 ft 7 in 33 ft 2 in 15 ft 9 in

6 20

5

4 15

3 10

Digging Forces Max. crowd force Max. crowd force at ground level Max. breakout force

Standard rock shovel ESCO 75SV2 11.4 m³ (14.9 yd³) 10.0 m³ (13.1 yd³) 3 720 mm (12 ft 2 in) 3 330 mm (10 ft 11 in) 1 900 mm (6 ft 3 in) 5 17 200 kg (37,920 lb) 1.8 t/m³ (3,030 lb/yd3)

2

1 5

0

m

0

ft

910 kN

204,500 lb

810 kN 730 kN

182,030 lb 164,050 lb

Other shovels on request

BI015192

Hydraulic Shovel—6018 Backhoe Attachment (BH) Working Diagram - Boom 8.5 m (27 ft 11 in) - Stick 4.5 m (14 ft 9 in) ft 50

45

m 15 14 13

40

35

12 11 10

30

25

9 8 7

20

15

6 5 4

10

3 2

5 1 0

100 SHT

0 1

5 2 10

3 4

15

20

5 6 7

25

30

8 9

17

16

55

Working Range Max. digging depth Max. digging reach Max. digging height

15 50

14

13 45

8.5 m 15.6 m 13.2 m

Backhoes Type Tooth system Capacity SAE 1:1 Capacity CECE 2:1 Capacity struck Total width Inner width No. of teeth Weight incl. universal wear kit Max. material density (loose)

12 40

11

10 35

27 ft 11 in 51 ft 2 in 43 ft 4 in

9 30

8

7 25

6 20

5

4 15

3 10

2

1 5

0

m

0

ft

Digging Forces Max. crowd force Max. breakout force

540 kN 510 kN

Heavy rock bucket ESCO V71 8.5 m³ (11.1 yd³) 7.5 m³ (9.8 yd³) 6.6 m³ (8.6 yd³) 2 760 mm (9 ft 1 in) 2 550 mm (8 ft 4 in) 5 9 600 kg (21,160 lb) 2.1 t/m³ (3,540 lb/yd³)

Standard rock bucket ESCO 70SV2 10.0 m³ (13.1 yd³) 9.0 m³ (11.8 yd³) 8.0 m³ (10.5 yd³) 2,960 mm (9 ft 9 in) 2,570 mm (8 ft 5 in) 5 11 300 kg (24,910 lb) 1.8 t/m³ (3,030 lb/yd³)

121,350 lb 114,610 lb

BI015192

Hydraulic Shovel—6018

5 150 mm (16 ft ft 1111 in)in) 5 150 mm (16 5 150 mm (16 ft 11 in)

7 150 mm (23 ft 5 in)

3 200 mm (10 ft ft 6 in) 3 200 mm (10 6 in) 3 200 mm (10 ft 6 in)

Swing ring bolts, covers, tools etc. 3 000 mm (9 ft 10 in) 1 250 mm (4 ft 1 in) 1 400 mm (4 ft 7 in)

930 kg (2,050 lb)

Grease container with pump

1 400 mm (4 ft 7 in)

740 kg (1,630 lb)

Air conditoning, lubrication parts

1 450 mm (4 ft 9 in)

Handrails, catwalks, air filters etc. 4 500 mm (14 ft 9 in) 1 900 mm (6 ft 3 in) 1 800 mm (5 ft 11 in) 2 500 kg (5,510 lb)

Barrels with hydraulic oil & grease 1 900 mm (6 ft 3 in)

Pallet with retractable ladder

1 650 mm (5 ft 5 in)

Gross Weight

1 100 mm (3 ft 7 in) 2 050 mm (6 ft 9 in)

1 300 mm (4 ft 3 in) 1 250 mm (4 ft 1 in)

1 400 kg (3,090Length lb)Length

1 050 mm (3 ft 5 in) 1 200 mm (3 ft 11 in) 550 kg (1,210 lb) Length

4 000 mm (13 ft 1 in) 1 000 mm (3 ft 3 in) 1 900 mm (6 ft 3 in)

Above values are approximate. Details may vary depending on scope of supply and destination.

Exact data subject to selected machine configuration and final packing list.

Length

Length 740 kg (1,630 lb)Length Length

Length

Height

Height

Height Height Height Height Height

Width

950 mm (3(3 ft ft 1 in) 950 mm 1 in) 950 mm (3 ft 1 in)

Height Height

Length

2 600 mm (8 ft 6 in)

950 mm (3 ft 1 in) 950 mm (3 ft 1 in) 950 mm (3 ft 1 in) 950 mm (3 ft 1 in) 950 mm (3 ft 1 in)

3 450 mm (11 ft 4 in) 3 450 mm (11 ft 4 in) 3 450 mm (11 ft 4 in) 3 450 mm (11 ft 4 in) 3 450 mm (11 ft 4 in) 3 450 mm (11 ft 4 in)

Gross weight 24 000 kg (52,910 lb)

600 2 600 mm2 (8 ft mm 6 in) (8 ft 6 in) 2 600 mm 2 600 (82ft mm 600 6 in) (8 mm ft 6(8in) ft 6 in)

2 600 mm 2 600 (8 ftmm 6 in)(8 ft 6 in)

Width 5 100 mm (16 ft 9 in)

2 900 mm (10 ft 2 ft)

900ftmm 2 900 mm2 (10 2 ft)(10 ft 2 ft) 2 900 mm 2 900 (10 2mm 900 ft 2 (10 mm ft) ft(10 2 ft)ft 2 ft)

Gross weight 3 500 kg (7,720 lb) 2 900 mm 2 900 (10 mm ft 2 ft) (10 ft 2 ft)

Content

3 000 mm (9 ft 10 in) 3 000 mm (9 ft 10 in) 3 000 mm (9 ft 10 in) 3 000 mm (9 ft 10 in) 3 000 mm (9 ft 10 in) 3 000 mm (9(9 ft ft 1010 in)in) 3 000 mm 3 000 mm (9 ft 10 in) Counterweight

3 300 mm (10 ft ft 1010 in)in) 3 300 mm (10

3 450 mm (11 ft ft 4 in) 3 450 mm (11 4 in)

Gross weight 1 800 kg (3,970 lb) 1 650 mm 1 650 (5 ftmm 5 in)(5 ft 5 in)

3 300 mm (10 ft 10 in) 3 300 mm (10 ft 10 in) 3 300 mm (10 ft 10 in) 3 300 mm (10 ft 10 in) 3 300 mm (10 ft 10 in)

Crates

Oil cooler module Width 1 500 mm (4 ft 11 in)

2 300 mm (7 ft 7 in)

300 2 300 mm2 (7 ft mm 7 in) (7 ft 7 in) 2 300 mm 2 300 (72ft mm 300 7 in) (7 mm ft 7(7in) ft 7 in)

2 300 mm 2 300 (7 ftmm 7 in)(7 ft 7 in)

Gross weight 3 300 kg (7,280 lb)

650 1 650 mm1 (5 ft mm 5 in) (5 ft 5 in) 1 650 mm 1 650 (51ft mm 650 5 in) (5 mm ft 5(5in) ft 5 in)

7 530 mm (24 ft 1 in)

Crate with cabin and FOPS 3 300 mm (10 ft 10 in) Width 2 350 mm (7 ft 9 in)

2 900 mm (10 ft 2 in)

3 200 mm (10 ft 6 in) 3 200 mm (10 ft 6 in) 3 200 mm (10 ft 6 in) 3 200 mm (10 ft 6 in) 3 200 mm (10 ft 6 in)

7 530 mm (24 ft ft 1 in) 7 530 mm (24 1 in)

Cab pedestal module Width 1 800 mm (5 ft 11 in)

900ftmm 2 900 mm2 (10 2 in)(10 ft 2 in) 2 900 mm 2 900 (10 2mm 900 ft 2 (10 mm in) ft(10 2 in) ft 2 in)

2 900 mm 2 900 (10 mm ft 2 in) (10 ft 2 in)

Engine module with diesel engines Width 5 100 mm (16 ft 9 in) Gross weight 15 400 kg (33,940 lb) 2 650 mm (8 ft 8 in)

650 2 650 mm2 (8 ft mm 8 in) (8 ft 8 in) 2 650 mm 2 650 (82ft mm 650 8 in) (8 mm ft 8(8in) ft 8 in)

2 650 mm 2 650 (8 ftmm 8 in)(8 ft 8 in)

7 530 mm (24 ft 1 in) 7 530 mm (24 ft 1 in) 7 530 mm (24 ft 1 in) 7 530 mm (24 ft 1 in) 7 530 mm (24 ft 1 in)

1 600 mm (5 ft 3 in)

5 150 mm (16 ft 11 in) 5 150 mm (16 ft 11 in) 5 150 mm (16 ft 11 in) 5 150 mm (16 ft 11 in) 5 150 mm (16 ft 11 in)

7 150 mm (23 ft ft 5 in) 7 150 mm (23 5 in)

Superstructure center frame Width 2 650 mm (8 ft 8 in) Gross weight 19,400 kg (42,770 lb

1 600 mm (5 ft 3 in) 1 600 mm (5 ft 3 in) 1 600 mm 1 600 (51ftmm 600 3 in) (5 mm ft 3(5in) ft 3 in)

Undercarriage center frame with swing roller bearing Width 3 050 mm (10 ft 1 in) Gross weight 14 200 kg (31,310 lb) 1 600 mm 1 600 (5 ftmm 3 in)(5 ft 3 in)

900 1 900 mm1 (6 ft mm 3 in) (6 ft 3 in) 1 900 mm 1 900 (61ft mm 900 3 in) (6 mm ft 3(6in) ft 3 in)

7 150 mm (23 ft 5 in) 7 150 mm (23 ft 5 in) 7 150 mm (23 ft 5 in) 7 150 mm (23 ft 5 in) 7 150 mm (23 ft 5 in)

1 900 mm 1 900 (6 ftmm 3 in)(6 ft 3 in)

Crawler side frame with track pads (2 units) Width 950 mm (3 ft 1 in) Gross weight 22 300 kg (49,160 lb)

1 900 mm (6 ft 3 in)

General Packing List

2 800 mm (9 ft 2 in)

4 750 mm (15 ft 7 in)

3 600 mm (11 ft 10 in)

3 550 mm (11 ft 8 in)

3 550 mm (11 ft 8 in) 2 750 mm2 (9 ft)mm (9 2ft)750 mm (9 ft) 750 2 750 mm (9 ft) 2 750 mm (9 ft)

Backhoe bucket incl. pins for stick and linkage 9 000 mm (29 ft 6 in) Capacity (1:1) Width Gross Weight 8.5 m3 (11.1 yd3) 9 000 2 760 mm (9 ft 1 in) 10 000 kg (22,050 lb) mm (29 ft 6 in) 3 3 10.0 m (13.1 yd ) 3 000 mm (9 ft 10 in) 11 700 kg (25,790 lb)

2 750 mm (9 ft)

9 000 mm (29 ft 6 in) 6 000 mm (19 ft 8 in)

6 6000 000mm mm(19 (19ft ft8 8in)in) 6 0006mm 8 in) 000 (19 mmft(19 ft 8 in) 6 000 mm (19 ft 8 in)

2 750 mm (9 ft)

3 3400 400mm mm(11 (11ft ft2 2in)in)

Stick with linkage and bucket cylinder Width 1 400 mm (4 ft 7 in) Gross weight 1 0 000 kg (22,050 lb)

3 4003mm 2 in) 400 (11 mmft(11 ft 2 in) 3 400 mm (11 ft 2 in)

Above values are approximate. Details may vary depending on scope of supply and destination.

Exact data subject to selected machine configuration and final packing list.

3 400 mm (11 ft 2 in)

6 000 mm (19 ft 8 in)

3 400 mm (11 ft 2 in)

3 550 mm (11 ft 8 in)

3 550 mm3 (11 8 in) 550 mm (11 ft 8 in) 550ftmm (113 ft 8 in) 3 550 mm (11 ft 8 in) 3 550 mm (11 ft 8 in)

850 mm (2 ft 9 in)

9 000 mm (29 ft 6 in)

9 0009mm 6 in) 000 (29 mmft(29 ft 6 in)

2 800 mm (9 ft 2 in)

3 600 mm (11 ft 10 in)

3 600 mm (11 ft 10 in)

9 9000 000mm mm(29 (29ft ft6 6in)in)

1 900 mm (6 ft 13 in)

3 600 10 ftin)10 in) Crate with 2 bucket cylinders 3mm 600 (11 mmft(11 Width 900 mm (2 ft 11 in) Gross weight 2 200 kg 3 600 mm (11 ft 10 in) (4,850 lb)

3 600 ft(11 10 ftin)10 in) Monoboom with main valve block, boom and stick cylinders 3mm 600 (11 mm Width 2 200 mm (7 ft 3 in) Gross weight 25 800 kg 3 600 mm (11 ft 10 in) (56,880 lb)

3 400 mm (11 ft 2 in)

3 100 mm (10 ft 2 in)

850 mm 850 mm (2 ft 9 in)850 mm in) 850 mm (2(2ftft99in) (2 ft 9 in)

3 3600 600mm mm(11 (11ft ft1010in)in) 850 mm (2 ft 9 in)

Backhoe Attachment

3 600 mm (11 ft 10 in)

Gross weight 2 200 kg (4,850 lb)

2 050 mm2 (6 ft mm 9 in)(6 2ft050 050 9 in)mm (6 ft 9 in) 2 050 mm (6 ft 9 in) 2 050 mm (6 ft 9 in)

2 800 mm (9 ft 2 in)

3 3600 100mm mm(11 (10ftft102 in) in)

Crate with 2 bucket cylinders Width 900 mm (24 ft 11 in) 750 mm (15 ft 7 in)

3 3600 600mm mm(11 (11ft ft1010in)in)

3 1003mm 2 in) 100 (10 mmft(10 ft 2 in) 3 100 mm (10 ft 2 in)

4 4750 750mm mm(15 (15ft ft7 7in)in)

4 7504mm 7 in) 750 (15 mmft(15 ft 7 in)

7 050 mm (23 ft 2 in) Face shovel incl. pin for stick Capacity (2:1) Width Gross Weight 3 100 mm (10 ft 2 in) 10.0 m3 (13.1 yd3) 3 750 mm (12 ft 4 in) 17 600 kg (38,800 lb)

3 3100 100mm mm(10 (10ft ft2 2in)in)

7 050 mm (23 ft 2 in)

2 050 mm (6 ft 9 in)

7 050 mm (23 ft 2 in)

2 800 mm (9 ft 2 in) 850 mm 2 800 mm2 (9 ft mm 2 in)(9 2ft800 (2 ft 9 in) 800 2 in)mm (9 ft 2 in) 2 800 mm (9 ft 2 in) 2 800 mm (9 ft 2 in)

7 0507mm 2 in) 050 (23 mmft(23 ft 2 in)

4 750 mm (15 ft 7 in)

2 050 mm (6 ft 9 in)

7 7050 050mm mm(23 (23ft ft2 2in)in)

Gross weight 5 850 kg (12,900 lb)

2 750 mm (9 ft)

7 050 mm (23 ft 2 in)

2 800 mm (9 ft 2 in)

Boom with main valve block, TriPower linkages and rods Width 2 150 mm (7 ft 1 in) Gross weight 16 900 kg (37,260 lb)

Stick incl. pin for boom Width 1 650 mm (5 ft 5 in)

1 000 mm (3 ft 3 in) 1 000 mm 1 900 mm (3 ft 3 in) (6 ft 13 in) 1 000 mm1 000 mm 1 000 mm 900 mm 850 mm 1 000 mm (3 ft 3 in) ft 3 (9 in)ft 21in) in)2 800(3mm 1 000 mm(3(3ftft33in) (6 ft 13 in) (2 ft 9 in) 1 900 mm1 900 mm (3 ft 3 in) 1 900 mm (6 ft 13 in) (6 ft 13 in) 1 900 mm (6 ft 13 in) (6 ft 13 in)

TriPower Shovel Attachment

2 800 mm2 (9 ft mm 2 in)(9 2ft800 800 2 in)mm (9 ft 2 in) 2 800 mm (9 ft 2 in) 2 800 mm (9 ft 2 in)

BI015192

Hydraulic Shovel—6018

BI015192

Hydraulic Shovel—6018 Optional Equipment General

Cab

• Export crating • Finishing as per end user´s corporate colors • Customizing of logos as per customer’s specification

• Various heating and air-conditioning systems • Roller blinds at all windows • Additional instrumentation

Superstructure

Undercarriage

• Mechanical service crane on superstructure • High capacity water separator • Various cold-weather packages

• Track pad width 600 mm or 1,000 mm • Belly plate

Additional optional equipment available on request

Attachment • Guards for boom cylinders of FS-attachment • Xenon lighting on boom • Special wear packages

For more complete information on Cat products, dealer services, and industry solutions, visit us on the web at mining.cat.com and www.cat.com © 2011 Caterpillar Inc. All rights reserved CAT, CATERPILLAR, their respective logos, “Caterpillar Yellow” and the “Power Edge” trade dress, as well as corporate and product identity used herein, are trademarks of Caterpillar and may not be used without permission.

AEHQ6522

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Annex

5-16

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Annex NOTES .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................................................................................

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

5-15

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Annex

5-16

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Index 6 INDEX Operating instructions

Target group

Part 1 INTRODUCTION FUNDAMENTAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Operating personnel + Inspection and servicing personnel + Repair personnel

Part 2 OPERATION

Operating personnel The operating personnel must have knowhow relevant to the operation and the application of this or comparable machines.

Part 3 INSPECTION AND SERVICING Part 4 REPAIR WORK

Inspection and servicing personnel The inspection and servicing personnel must have know-how relevant to the inspection and servicing of this or comparable machines.

Repair personnel The repair personnel must have know-how and experience relevant to the repair of this or comparable machines.

Part 5 ANNEX

Operating personnel + Inspection and servicing personnel + Repair personnel

Part 6 INDEX

Operating personnel + Inspection and servicing personnel + Repair personnel

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

6-1

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Index

6-2

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Index

A ABBREVIATIONS...................................... 5-11 About this Operation and Maintenance Manual ................................................................. 1-1 Access ladder lighting ............................... 2-17 After daily operation................................... 2-91 Air conditioner (option) .............................. 2-75 Air-intake lines ........................................... 3-52 AIR-INTAKE SYSTEM............................... 3-49 Alternator - Instructions ............................. 3-58 Appropriate disposal of batteries................. 4-6 ASSEMBLING WORKING EQUIPMENT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS ..................... 2-92 Assisted starting (with jumper cables)......... 4-7 Assisted starting (with jumper cables) – Safety instructions............................................... 4-7 Automatic engine speed reduction .............. 2-9 Automatic fire-extinguishing system (optional226 Avoid extreme positions of the working equipment ....................................................... 2-87 Avoid mixing of different hydraulic fluids ... 3-31

B Back-up heating (option) ........................... 2-76 Battery ....................................................... 3-59 Battery storage ........................................ 3-106 Bearing races ............................................ 3-94 Before starting work................................... 2-88 Board-Control-System (BCS) ...................... 2-9 Braking the superstructure ........................ 2-89 Breather filter ............................................. 3-72 Bypass valves (hydraulic oil reservoir) ...... 3-71

C Central lubricating system – Fault table ...... 5-8 CENTRAL LUBRICATING system, standard 396 Central Management System (CMS) .......... 2-8 Changing the engine oil............................. 3-42 Changing the gearbox oil ................. 3-83, 3-86 Changing the hydraulic oil ......................... 3-76 Changing the hydraulic oil return-flow (hydraulic oil reservoir ........................................ 3-69 Checking the engine oil level / Topping up 3-41 Checking the gas charging pressure in the pressure accumulator ............................ 3-93 Checking the gearbox oil level / Topping up with oil .................................................... 3-83 Checking the greasing pressure ............... 3-99 Checking the hydraulic oil level ................. 3-67 Cleaning the fuel tanks .............................. 3-54 Cleaning the hydraulic oil cooler ............... 3-80

Cold-starting fluid (ether) – Replacing the pressure vessel ............................................. 3-45 Combustion engine - Fault table.................. 5-4 Coolant for use on all combustion engines 3-38 Cooling liquid change ................................ 3-48 COOLING SYSTEM .................................. 3-46 Corrosion protection for pins and bearings (bushings and hubs)............................... 2-95 CRAWLER TRACKS ................................. 3-90

D Demand control / Zero-flow regulation ........ 2-9 Depressurizing the hydraulic system......... 3-66 DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCAVATOR....... 2-6 Design........................................................ 3-96 Designated use ............................................ 1-4 Disposal at the end of the service life.......... 4-5 Drive............................................................. 2-8 Driver’s seat ............................................... 2-22 DRIVING, SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS........ 2-79 Dust trap, cleaning..................................... 3-49

E Electrical system .......................................... 2-9 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM......................3-58, 4-7 Electrical system - Safety instructions ....... 3-58 Electronic excavator control....................... 3-81 EMERGENCY STOP switch...................... 2-21 Engine...................................................... 3-103 ENGINE ..................................................... 3-40 Engine - Safety instructions ....................... 3-40 ENGINE, repair work ................................... 4-6 Entering and leaving the machine, Safety instructions ................................................ 2-17 Excavator layout .......................................... 2-7

F FAULT TABLES........................................... 5-4 Filling quantities - Grease .......................... 3-27 Filling quantities - oil .................................. 3-30 Filling quantities - other.............................. 3-30 Filling up the grease container .................. 3-98 Filter (control circuit) .................................. 3-75 Fire extinguisher ........................................ 2-25 Floodlight projector, replacing the lamp..... 3-63 Fluid for hydraulic system .......................... 3-33 Fuel preheating system (optional) ............. 2-71 FUEL SYSTEM .......................................... 3-53 Fuel system - Safety instructions............... 3-53 Function ..................................................... 3-97 Further machine documentation.................. 1-1

G Gas, dust, steam and smoke ....................... 1-9

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

6-3

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Index Gearbox - Checking the oil level / Topping up with oil ........................................... 3-86, 3-88 Gearbox venting ............................... 3-85, 3-87 Grease filter (Filling the grease container) .... 3101 Grease filter (Grease lines) ..................... 3-102 Grease for bearings, swing rings and track system (Central lubrication system)....... 3-36 Greases for idlers, track rollers and support rollers (Lifetime lubrication).................... 3-37

H Harness (optional ...................................... 2-27 Heating and air conditioning.................... 3-103 High-pressure filter for working hydraulics 3-73 High-pressure filters for the servo circuit... 3-74 Hose line for oil and cooling liquid changes .. 339 HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM .............. 5-9 Hydraulic equipment.................................... 1-9 Hydraulic hoses – Instructions .................... 4-9 hydraulic LADDER................................... 3-104 Hydraulic system ......................................... 2-8 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM .............................. 3-66 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM ................................ 4-9 Hydraulic system - Safety instructions ...... 3-66

I Inspection and servicing - Safety instructions 33 Inspection and Servicing plans - Instructions 311 inspection and servicing work, Fire and Explosion Hazard.............................................. 3-9 INSPECTION PLAN - OIL ......................... 3-28 Inspection plan – Oil (legend).................... 3-29 Instructions on troubleshooting ................... 5-3 introduction, Fire and explosion hazard .... 1-10

L Layout of the fault table ............................... 5-3 Lighting systems in LED technonogy, instructions........................................................ 3-65 Locking the superstructure ........................ 2-84 LUBRICANTS, consumables .................... 3-31 LUBRICATING CHART – GREASE.......... 3-26 Lubricating chart – Grease / (legend)........ 3-27

M Main filter elements ................................... 3-50 Maximum machine inclinations, information . 278 MONITORING, WARNING AND CONTROL ELEMENTS............................................ 2-30

6-4

N Notes..........................................1-11, 2-97, 5-4 NoteS ....................................................... 3-107 NOTES......................................................... 4-8 Notes on the selection of oils and greases 3-31

O Oilfilter (hydraulic circuit grease pump) ... 3-100 Oils for combustion engines ...................... 3-32 Oils for pump distribution gearboxes and travel gearboxes............................................... 3-34 Oils for swing gearboxes ........................... 3-35 Operating Instructions, where to store it in the driver’s cab ............................................... 2-4 Operation - Safety instructions .................... 2-3 operation, Fire and explosion hazard .......... 2-5 Organizational measures............................. 1-5 OTHER MAINTENANCE ......................... 3-103

P Plan A – E .................................................. 3-19 Plan N ........................................................ 3-15 Plan T and W ............................................. 3-17 Plan V ........................................................ 3-13 Preface......................................................... 1-1 Preheating system for engine and hydraulic oil (optional) ................................................ 2-70 Pressure accumulator - Emergency lowering 382 PRESSURE ACCUMULATORS - SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS .................................... 4-10 Pressure-accumulator inspection regulations 393 Pressure-accumulator inspection regulations 3105 PUMP GEARBOX...................................... 3-83 Pump Managing System (PMS) .................. 2-8 Putting the excavator out of operation..... 3-106 PUTTING THE EXCAVATOR OUT OF OPERATION AND RECOMMISSIONING 3-106 PUTTING THE MACHINE INTO OPERATION ................................................................ 2-62

R Radiators.................................................... 3-46 Recommissioning .................................... 3-106 Refuelling ................................................... 2-62 Repair instructions ....................................... 4-9 Repair work - Safety instructions................. 4-3 repair work, Fire and Explosion Hazard ...... 4-5 Replacing the fuel filter .............................. 3-53 Replacing the grease container................. 3-98 Replacing the oil filters............................... 3-44 Running-in instructions for hydraulic cylinders ................................................................ 2-86 BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Index S Safety filter element................................... 3-52 Safety instructions governing specific operational phases............................................ 1-6 Securing the machine................................ 2-94 Selection and qualification of personnel; basic responsibilities ......................................... 1-6 Service station (tanklift) ............................. 2-63 SERVICING WORK................................... 3-39 Signs and labels ........................................ 2-10 Special work in conjunction with utilization of the machine and maintenance and repairs as well as troubleshooting during work; disposal of parts and consumables .............. 1-7 Starting and stopping the engines............. 2-72 Starting the engine with jumper cables (external batteries ............................................. 4-7 Starting the engines................................... 2-72 Starting the engines at low temperatures.. 2-73 Stored Program Control (SPC).................... 2-8 Superstructure ............................................. 2-8 Superstructure basic position .................... 2-80 SWING GEARBOX.................................... 3-86 Swing mechnism – Fault table .................... 5-7 SWING RING ............................................ 3-94 Swing ring - Instructions ............................ 3-94 Swinging ladder ......................................... 2-18 Swinging the superstructure...................... 2-89 Switchgear cabinet, filter element ............. 3-61 Switching on the electronic excavator control 288 Switching the cab interior lighting on and off. 219 Switching the electrical system on and off 2-69 Switching the servicing lighting on and off 2-20

T

Track drive – Fault table .............................. 5-6 Track parking brake ................................... 2-84 Track roller, Support roller ......................... 3-91 Track tensioner .......................................... 3-92 Trainer's / instructor's seat......................... 2-24 Transport - Safety instructions................... 2-85 Transporting the machine .......................... 2-85 TRAVEL GEARBOX .................................. 3-88 Travel gearbox - Changing oil.................... 3-89 Travel gearbox, breather filter.................... 3-89 TRAVELLING............................................. 2-80 Travelling forwards/backwards .................. 2-80 TROUBLESHOOTING................................. 5-3

U Unblocking a grease line ........................... 3-99 Undercarriage .............................................. 2-8

V Venting the fuel system ............................. 3-54 Venting the hydraulic system..................... 3-79

W Warming-up phase for the hydraulic system . 286 Warning of special dangers ......................... 1-8 Warnings and symbols ................................ 1-3 Warranty ...................................................... 1-2 Water trap (option)..................................... 3-56 Welding and flame cutting works - Safety instructions .................................................. 4-2 Windscreen washer ................................... 2-24 Working hydraulics – Fault table ................. 5-5 Working movements .................................. 2-90 WORKING OPERATION ........................... 2-88 Working operation - Safety instructions..... 2-86

TECHNICAL DATA...................................... 5-2

BA RH90C(3 847 017.00)-EN

6-5

BI015192

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Board Control System

Board - Control - System 6018, 6018FS

No.

Caterpillar Global Mining HMS GmbH



3 847 018.00 en

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Board Control System

Published by:

Caterpillar Global Mining HMS GmbH Dept. Technical Publications D-44149 Dortmund, Karl-Funke-Straße 36 Tel. 49 (0) 231 922-4340 Fax 49 (0) 231 922-5005 E-Mail documentation.HEX@cat.com https://mining.cat.com www.bucyrus-hex.de

© Copyright Caterpillar Global Mining Hydraulic Mining Shovels GmbH 2013. The reproduction, distribution and utilization of this manual / file as well as the communication of its content to others without express authorization is prohibited. Offenders will be held liable for the payment of damages. All rights reserved in the event of the grant of a patent, utility model or design.

Printed in Germany Original Operating Instruction

_____________________________________________________________________________ 3 847 018.00 en

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Board Control System CONTENTS DESCRIPTION ________________________________________________________________________ 1 FUNCTIONS ________________________________________________________________________ 1 COMPONENTS _____________________________________________________________________ 1 DISPLAYS : USING BCS ________________________________________________________________ 2 DISPLAY AND KEYBOARD ____________________________________________________________ 4 Indicator lights _____________________________________________________________________ 5 Buttons __________________________________________________________________________ 5 INSTRUMENTS _____________________________________________________________________ 6 SERVICE MENU _____________________________________________________________________ 6 Program 1: Oil change ______________________________________________________________ 7 Program 2 to 6_____________________________________________________________________ 7 The programs (Fig. 15) ______________________________________________________________ 7 Program 2: Service _________________________________________________________________ 7 Program 3: Engine _________________________________________________________________ 8 Program 4: Hydraulics (Fig. 19) _______________________________________________________ 8 Program 5: Excavator _______________________________________________________________ 9 Program 6: Operating hours __________________________________________________________ 9 HOLD function____________________________________________________________________ 10 Program 7: Setting date and time _____________________________________________________ 11 Program 8: Complete fault list ________________________________________________________ 12 Program 9: Service CGM HMS GmbH _________________________________________________ 12 FAULT REPORTS___________________________________________________________________ 13 SERVICE DATA & FAULT STORAGE: PRINT-OUT OR TRANSFER INTO BUFFER ______________ 14 APPENDIX __________________________________________________________________________ 15 PRINT-OUT________________________________________________________________________ 15

______________________________________________________________________________________

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Board Control System

______________________________________________________________________________________

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Board Control System DESCRIPTION

Components

Functions

Fig. 1 shows BCS and various modules. The main parts of the BCS are:

The Board Control System, abbreviated to BCS, monitors essential functions of the excavator and its components. It releases an appropriate signal if any maximum value is exceeded and also sends a report to be archived in the memory bank. If a normal operating status can be reached by temporarily reducing the excavator's output, then this is monitored by BCS and done by PMS. If it is necessary for the operator to take certain action, e.g. to stop one of the engines a relevant command is sent to the BCS display screen.

Pos. 1 2 3

Function Computer and Display Keyboard Printer Data acquisition computers, sensors and switches are mounted on several positions on the machine.

BCS also gives information on sevicing and trouble- shooting.

Sensors installed at various points on the excavator constantly transmit their readings to the BCS computer. All essential pieces of operating data are displayed on the screen in the form of simulated instruments. Other values, e.g. the number of hours operated by the excavator, its engines or, its travel or swing gears, are archived and can be called up as and when required.

The data shown in the figures are examples. The instruments on the screen indicate the actual operating conditions.

Fig. 1

Because BCS automatically warns of any abnormal conditions that require a corrective action, the operator can concentrate fully on the work in hand, and is not distracted by constantly having to keep an eye on many instruments or by having to decide upon appropriate actions to be taken in case of limit values being exceeded.

The operator and the servicing crew also have the means of calling up particular background information from the BCS archive.

This Technical Handbook (THB) has been compiled to provide the necessary information for working with the BCS.

______________________________________________________________________________________ 3 847 018.00 en 1

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Board Control System DISPLAYS : USING BCS BCS contains several sub-programs:  "Instrument" display.

The basic display (Fig. 2) appears automatically. Three further displays (Figs. 3, 4 & 5) can be called up when required.

Fig. 4

Fig. 2

Fig. 5

Fig. 3

______________________________________________________________________________________ 2 3 847 018.00 en

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Board Control System  Instructions when BCS discovers a fault.

Instructions appear automatically in block (2, Fig. 6). These instructions are to be carried out immediately. Status reports.

If an operating status requires a cut-back in excavator functions, a relevant report is displayed in block (2, Fig. 6).

Fig. 6

 Service menu.

The programs listed in (Fig. 7), or the program "Service – CGM HMS GmbH " can be called up as needed.  Instructions for trouble-shooting (HELP blocks).

Information can be called up to help in localizing and remedying a particular fault.

Fig. 7

______________________________________________________________________________________ 3 847 018.00 en 3

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Board Control System Display and keyboard (Fig. 8)

The top display line always shows the same "instruments" (Fig. 9 - 12).

The display screen is divided into 3 blocks.

Oil pressure and coolant temperatures for, LH & RH engines.

1. Graphic display

The "instruments" in the bottom line are:

- Graphics - Fault reports - HELP blocks for trouble-shooting

In the basic graphic (Fig. 9): Hydraulic oil temperature, battery charge, rev. settings for LH & RH engines.

2. Status block Indicators lights (11 - 22) The buttons (31 - 40) are arranged underneath the display.

Fig. 9

Fig. 8

Fig. 10

In alternative 1 (Fig. 10): Pump gearbox temperature and fuel levels for LH & RH engines.

______________________________________________________________________________________ 4 3 847 018.00 en

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Board Control System Indicator lights (Fig. 13) Pos. 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

Function Battery charge monitoring Cooling liquid temperature Engine oil pressure Idle Timer Cooling liquid min.

Battery charge monitoring Cooling liquid temperature Engine oil pressure Idle Timer Cooling liquid min.

Lubrication ON Electronic excavator control ON

Fig. 11

In alternative 2 (Fig. 11): Lube system grease pressure; Fuel system pressure

Fig. 13

Buttons

Fig. 12

In alternative 3 (Fig. 12): main pumps pressure P1+P4, P2+P3; battery charge, ambient temperature.

Scroll through alternatives with Return to basic graphic (Fig. 9) with

UP/DOWN BACK

(Fig. 13) Pos. Function 31 UP, select BCS program, positions the cursor select BCS program, 32 DOWN, positions the cursor confirms a program; 33 ENTER, activates a desired program 34 BACK, recalls the service program 35 HOLD, freezes actual service data 36 PRINT, recalls the Print Menue 37 SERV. recalls the Service Menue 38 HELP, recalls the Help Menue 39 BL+, adjusts BCS monitor background lighting (bright) 40 BL-, adjusts BCS monitor background lighting (dark)

______________________________________________________________________________________ 3 847 018.00 en 5

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Board Control System Instruments

Service menu

As soon as the electrics are switched on, the basic graphic (Fig. 14) appears in the display.

The service menu contains various sub-programs and the menu "Service – CGM HMS GmbH ".

This graphic shows the most important operational values in analog and digital form.

Call up service menu with Return to basic graphic with

Three further displays (Figs. 10, 11 & 12) can be called up when required.

The top display line always shows the same "instruments".

The service menu (Fig. 15) lists 8 programs.

Program 9 is reserved for CGM HMS GmbH service personnel.

SERVICE BACK

Fig. 15 Fig. 14

Select a program with

UP/DOWN

The cursor > indicates the program to be called up.

Enter the required program with Return to service menu with

ENTER BACK

______________________________________________________________________________________ 6 3 847 018.00 en

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Board Control System Program 1: Oil change

Program 2 to 6

(Fig. 16)

The programs (Fig. 15)

The display shows the number of hours operated by each engine and the number of operating hours to the next oil change.

Return to service menu with

BACK

2. Service 3. Engine 4. Hydraulics 5. Excavator 6. Operating hours can be used to call up important system data.

Program 2: Service (Fig. 17) Shows important data for the service Return to service menu with

BACK

Fig. 16

Fig. 17

______________________________________________________________________________________ 3 847 018.00 en 7

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Board Control System Program 3: Engine

Program 4: Hydraulics (Fig. 19)

(Fig. 18)

The program displays important values for the hydraulic system. Also hyd. oil temperature, swing circuit temperature and ambient temperature.

In addition to important data for both engines and pump transfer gearboxes, this program also shows the total hours operated and the number of hours at rated load (LOAD). It also shows the compressed air pressure and the ambient temperature.

Return to main menu with

Return to main menu with

BACK

BACK

Fig. 19

Fig. 19

______________________________________________________________________________________ 8 3 847 018.00 en

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Board Control System Program 5: Excavator

Program 6: Operating hours

(Fig. 20)

(Fig. 21)

The screen shows the number of reported cases of contamination in the main, swing and charge pumps and in the pump transfer gearboxes since commissioning. It also shows fuel levels for LH and RH engines, the number of hours to the next oil change, the board voltage and the ambient temperature.

The screen displays following operating hours/load ratings:

Return to main menu with

Hours operated at work = hours run by the hydraulics at work, swingl or travel

BACK

Total hours operated

= engines running

Hours operated under load

= engines running time at rated load

Engines utilization % = hours operated under load total hours operated Hydraulic utilization (%) = hours operated at work total hours operated.

The number of hours spent travelling or swinging the superstructure are indicated separately.

Return to main menu with

BACK

Fig. 20

Fig. 21

______________________________________________________________________________________ 3 847 018.00 en 9

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Board Control System HOLD function

IMPORTANT

Any of the values on display in programs 2 - 6 (Figs. 17 - 21) can be "frozen" and then printed out (Fig. 22).

The printer must be connected beforehand.

The screen otherwise displays "Printer not connected". See directions in printer manual.

The print-out contains only the "frozen" values from menus 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 (Fig. 23).

Return to main menu with

BACK

Fig. 22

"Freeze" the display with

HOLD

The values frozen with the HOLD button are stored (archived) until

Fig. 23

 the function if cancelled by pressing HOLD again  the basic graphic is recalled with the BACK button  the print-out is finished No fresh data or faults are displayed while the screen is "frozen".

Start print-out with

PRINT

______________________________________________________________________________________ 10 3 847 018.00 en

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Board Control System Program 7: Setting date and time (Fig. 24 und 25) The date and time are shown in each of the displays.

Program 7 can be used to set / correct the date and the time.

Select line to be altered with Alter value with

ENTER UP / DOWN

After leaving the program a window appears on the screen with the question "Take over data" Take over data Return without change

ENTER BACK

Fig. 25

Fig. 24

______________________________________________________________________________________ 3 847 018.00 en 11

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Board Control System Program 8: Complete fault list

Program 9: Service CGM HMS GmbH

(Fig. 26 und 27)

(Fig. 28)

The fault storage archive contains all reported faults.

The archive contains a maximum of 125 fault reports. If a fault occurs when the archive is full, thescreen diplays “fault storage archive is full“

Scroll through archive with

This menu is reserved for CGM HMS GmbH Service. It is only accessible after a Code No. has been entered. It is therefore not described here.

UP/DOWN

Change from fault list to fault description ENTER

Fig. 28

Fig. 26

Fig. 27

______________________________________________________________________________________ 12 3 847 018.00 en

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Board Control System Fault reports

Examples: Stop engine and/or Engine output reduced

Any faults occurring during operation are shown in the lower part of the graphic display (Fig. 29).

If more than 125 faults are present, information on action to be taken concerning less-important faults can only appear on the display when faults with higher priorities have been remedied (or action taken).

IMPORTANT Programs or menus can be changed even if a fault is being indicated.

The fault reports are always listed in their respective order or priority. The most important fault appears in the top line.

If a fault occurs in one of the components which has an "instrument", then the instrument also appears at the left of the display (Fig. 30).

If several faults are present, the cursor indicates the fault to which the instrument belongs.

Information on remedying faults can be called up with the HELP button.

Any fault (even if only 1 is listed) can be selected with the cursor and HELP information called up (Fig. 29).

HELP information appears in the upper sector of the display (Fig. 30).

Select fault with

UP/DOWN

Call up information with

HELP

Cancel HELP information with

BACK

Fig. 29

The bottom sector of the display lists the action to be taken by the operator, or the action that has been taken automatically by the BCS system.

Fig. 30

______________________________________________________________________________________ 3 847 018.00 en 13

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Board Control System Service data & fault storage: print-out or transfer into Buffer Necessary are:  Select basic graphic with: (press several times if necessary)

BACK

 Connect printer. Otherwise BCS reports: "Printer not connected" Print with

PRINT

Select a desired program shown on the display (Fig. 31).

Fig. 31

Select sub-menu with cursor > Start print-out with Back to the basic menu with

UP/DOWN ENTER BACK

______________________________________________________________________________________ 14 3 847 018.00 en

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Board Control System APPENDIX Print-out Fault storage print-out Caterpillar Global Mining HMS GmbH >>>

BOARD CONTROL SYSTEM 6018 <<<

Serial No.:

90170

Print out no.. 5 Last print out

22.09.12 19.09.12

13.42 18.41

Hours operated:

LH engine :

835

RH engine

848

Contamination:

MAIN PUMP MAIN PUMP MAIN PUMP MAIN PUMP

1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2

GEARBOX GEARBOX

1 1 2 0

SWING PUMP SWING PUMP

1 0 2 0

Fault storage

No. 1 of 5 LH engine, oil pressure too low First occurence : 22.09.12 Last occurence : 22.09.12 Cases : Metered value : Speed :

13.13 13.28 2 2,0 bar 1800 rpm

______________________________________________________________________________________ 3 847 018.00 en 15

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Board Control System

______________________________________________________________________________________ 16 3 847 018.00 en

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Board Control System INDEX Instruments .......................................................... 6

A Appendix.............................................................15

B Buttons..................................................................5

C Components .........................................................1

D DESCRIPTION .....................................................1 Display and keyboard ...........................................4

F Fault reports........................................................13 Functions ..............................................................1

H HOLD function ....................................................10

I

P Print-out ............................................................. 15 Program 1 Oil change........................................................ 7 Program 2 Service ............................................................. 7 Program 2 to 6 ..................................................... 7 Program 3 Engine.............................................................. 8 Program 5 Excavator ......................................................... 9 Program 6 Operating hours ............................................... 9 Program 7 Setting date and time ..................................... 11 Program 8 Complete fault list, ......................................... 12 Program 9 Service CGM HMS GmbH ............................. 12

S Service data & fault storage print-out or transfer into buffer ....................... 14 Service menu ....................................................... 6

Indicator lights.......................................................5

______________________________________________________________________________________

BI015192

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 6018, 6018FS Board Control System

______________________________________________________________________________________

BI015192

3 847 003.00 en March 2013

Service Manual for Oil Samples and Oil Analysis 6015 - 6090

BI015192

3 847 003.00 en

Published by:

Caterpillar Global Mining HMS GmbH Dept. Technical Documentation D-44149 Dortmund, Karl-Funke-Straße 36 Tel. 49 (0) 231 922-4340 Fax 49 (0) 231 922-5005 Email: documentation.HEX@cat.com https://mining.cat.com www.bucyrus-hex.com

© Copyright Caterpillar Global Mining Hydraulic Shovels GmbH 2013. The reproduction, distribution and utilization of this manual / file as well as the communication of its content to others without express authorization is prohibited. Offenders will be held liable for the payment of damages. All rights reserved in the event of the grant of a patent, utility model or design.

Printed in Germany

BI015192

3 847 003.00 en

CONTENTS SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS _________________________________________________________ 1 NOTES ON THE SELECTION OF OILS AND GREASES _________________________________ 1 ORIGINAL BUCYRUS HEX OILS AND GREASES ______________________________________ 1 ALTERNATIVE OILS AND GREASES ________________________________________________ 1 WHY CARRY OUT OIL ANALYSES? ________________________________________________ 2 PREREQUISITES FOR VALID OIL SAMPLES _________________________________________ 3 Analyses-Sets _________________________________________________________________ 3 TAKING OIL SAMPLES ___________________________________________________________ 4 Sampling from assemblies equipped with sampling valve _______________________________ 4 Sampling from assemblies without sampling valve ____________________________________ 5 INTERPRETING THE RESULTS OF THE OIL ANALYSIS ________________________________ 6 A typical laboratory report ________________________________________________________ 6 Typical laboratory report _________________________________________________________ 7 TYPICAL WEAR LIMITS __________________________________________________________ 8 For hydraulic oil in the 6015, (RH70), 6018, 6030, 6040 machines ________________________ 9 For hydraulic oil in 6050, 6060, 6090 machines ______________________________________ 10 For oil in the pump transfer gearboxes of the 6015, (RH70), 6018, 6030 __________________ 11 For oil in the pump transfer gearboxes of the 6040, 6050, 6060 _________________________ 12 For oil in the pump transfer gearboxes of the 6090 ___________________________________ 13 For oil in the swing gearboxes of the 6015 - 6090 ____________________________________ 14 For oil in the travel gearboxes of the 6015, (RH70), 6018 ______________________________ 15 For oil in the travel gearboxes of the 6030, 6040, 6060 ________________________________ 16 For oil in the travel gearboxes of the 6050, 6090 _____________________________________ 17 NOTES _______________________________________________________________________ 18

BI015192

3 847 003.00 en

BI015192

3 847 003.00 en

Safety instructions

Notes on the selection of oils and greases

Risk of injury caused by rotating fan blades, running V-belts and engine exhaust gases.

Keep away from rotating fan blades and running V-belts in the engine compartment.

Leave the engine compartment with the running engine immediately after taking the oil sample.

Components and oils can be hot The surfaces of engines, gearboxes and tanks are hot after operation.

Oil samples must however be taken shortly after engine stop when oils are still at their operating temperature. The substances contained in the oil are then still in suspension.

Wear firm working clothing and gloves and be especially careful when taking oil samples.

Prevent oil from getting into contact with the skin and the eyes.

Skin contact with oil can be a health hazard. Skin contact must therefore be avoided.

Wear protective gloves or apply a barrier cream on the skin before beginning work.

Clean your hands carefully.

Oil splashes can cause eye injury. It is absolutely important to prevent oil splashes from getting into your eyes.

Therefore, you must wear goggles. If oil has splashed into your eyes rinse extensively with clear water and consult a doctor.

Caterpillar Global Mining HMS oils and greases Besides regular and careful maintenance, the quality of the oils and greases used in the machine has a decisive influence on high performance, reliability and long service life of a machine and of its units and assemblies.

The lubricants tables in the Caterpillar Global Mining HMS Operating Instructions contain specifications for the oils and greases that are approved for use in Caterpillar Global Mining HMS machines.

These oils and greases are especially adapted to Caterpillar Global Mining HMS machines and their units and assemblies.

Other oils and greases which do not fulfil the requirements of the specifications can be the cause of premature wear or of damage to and failures of machine units and assemblies.

For this reason, Caterpillar Global Mining HMS only approves the use of the specified oils and greases.

All other qualities are not approved.

Alternative oils and greases The oils and greases filled into the machine must meet at least the specifications mentioned in the lubricants tables of the Caterpillar Global Mining HMS Operating Instructions.

In the event of damage to the machine or to its units and assemblies caused by the use of alternative oils and greases that are not compatible with Caterpillar Global Mining HMS specifications, Caterpillar Global Mining HMS does not assume any responsibility and does not accept any warranty claims.

Protect the environment Even smaller amounts of escaped oil can pollute the environment. Absorb spilt oil carefully and dipose of it without polluting the environment.

1

BI015192

3 847 003.00 en

Why carry out oil analyses?

The regular analysis of hydraulic oil, gearbox oil and engine oil serves the purpose of making optimal use of the service life of these consumables.

The laboratory analysing the oil can determine in how far the oil has lost its efficiency and say how long it can presumably still be used until the next oil change is due.

Moreover, the laboratory can make a statement on imminent or already existing damage to components or assemblies (e.g. based on the presence of abraded metal particles in the engine, gearbox or hydraulic oil samples).

Fig. 1

Damage can thus be detected at an early date and preventive measures be taken.

The present manual explains the basic procedure of taking oil samples. It also provides information on how to interpret the laboratory report. The instructions can be of help when it comes to making a decision about the measures to be taken.

Contact your oil analysis laboratory and ask them to provide you with more detailed information.

Laboratories often have info brochures with detailed requirements and instructions or also complete oil sampling sets for their customers.

Fig. 2

Oil samples are taken at the following places: 

Oil samples from the engine are taken on the engine block as shown in Fig. 1.



Hydraulic oil samples are taken near pumps and pump transfer gearboxes in the area shown in Fig. 2.



Oil samples from the pump transfer gearbox are taken at the point shown in Fig. 3.

The above-designated places are equipped with a special sampling valve.

(The illustrations are only examples. Depending on the type of machine, the sampling valve environment may differ from that shown in the illustrations).

In swing and travel gearboxes, the oil sample must be taken form the oil level checking or drain plugs.

2

Fig. 3

BI015192

3 847 003.00 en

Prerequisites for valid oil samples The oil sample is always representative, which means that it represents the condition of the whole amout of grease / consumables contained in the respective assembly.

If the regular oil analyses are to be useful and valid, the oil samples must be taken with particular care.

Please observe the following instructions if the analysis results are to document the actual condition of your oil and not the state of contamination in the surroundings of the component / assembly from which the sample is taken.

The following prerequistes must be fulfilled for a good and valid oil sample:



The oil samples should be taken at fixed intervals and regularly (see maintenance schedules in the operating instructions of the machine).

Another important aspect for comparing analysis results is that the oil must always be sampled in the same way and at the same place.

For this purpose, Caterpillar Global Mining HMS machines are equipped with special sampling valves (in components where it makes sense from a technical point of view).



Send the oil samples as soon as possible to the laboratory carrying out the analysis. Do not keep the oil samples while waiting for other samples in order to make a "combined shipment". The risk of contaminating, mixing up or even of discarding the oil samples is just too big.

File the results of the oil analyses. This is the only way of judging the condition of the oil and of the assemblies concerned over time.



Cleanliness is of utmost importance. Therefore, clean the sampling point, its surroundings and the hose of the sampling pump (if used) carefully.



Use an individual hose on the sampling pump hose for each oil sample. This is to ensure that the oil analysis result is not invalidated by the presence of rests of other oils or by contaminations.





Do not use the sampling pump that has been used beforehand for taking coolant samples for taking oil samples. Glycol residues can spoil the results of the oil analysis.

Analyses-Sets



The sampling tube must be clean and dry.

Contaminations, rests of the old contents or of water will equally invalidate the result of the oil analysis. For this reason, only new and unused sampling tubes from the analysis lab should be used, if possible. They are especially suitable for oil samples. Tubes made of inappropriate plastic material can invalidate the analysis result, for instance by dissolved substances.



The oil must be brought to normal operating temperature. It can then be removed more easily than in a cold and viscous state.



Take the sample in operation or only shortly after standstill. Everything contained in the oil (such as dirt, particles of abraded metal or also water) is then still in suspension and has not yet settled.



Do not take the samples shortly after oil changes or after adding large amounts of oil.

Complete sets for oil sampling can be supplied from the Caterpillar Global Mining HMS (CGM HMS) Spare Parts Service. They include oil sampling tubes, data sheets and envelopes.

Analyses set for:

CGM HMS part number:

Engine oil, gearbox oil

1 465 078

Hydraulic oil

1 465 077

Bio-degradable hydraulic oil

6 001 720

Oil sampling pump

1 465 079

3

BI015192

3 847 003.00 en

Taking oil samples Risk of injury



Let about 100 ml (5.2 oz) of oil flow out of the valve.

This measure serves the purpose of rinsing the screwed connections and the sampling valve so that accumulated dirt is removed. This oil must be disposed of.



Place the recipient for the oil sample under the drain valve.



Open the valve (2) as described.

When the needed amount of oil has drained out, let the valve knob (2) go. The drain outlet closes automatically.



Refit the cap (1).



Label the oil sample, fill in the accompanying form of the oil analysis laboratory completely, pack up the oil sample carefully and send it to the oil laboratory.



Please make sure the oil samples can be correctly assigned in the case of assemblies of which two or more units are installed in the machine (engines, gearboxes).

Components and oils can be hot The surfaces of engines, gearboxes and tanks are hot after operation.

Oil samples must however be taken shortly after engine stop when oils are still at their operating temperature. The substances contained in the oil are then still in suspension.

Wear firm working clothing and gloves and be especially careful when taking oil samples.

Rotating fan blades, running Vbelts and engine exhaust gases Keep away from rotating fan blades and running V-belts in the engine compartment.

Leave the engine compartment with the running engine immediately after taking the oil sample.

Sampling from assemblies equipped with sampling valve 

Shut off the engines.



Protect the machine against unauthorized starting.



Exception: When taking a sample of the engine oil, the engine must be running at idling speed.



Be especially careful in this stituation. Stay inside the engine compartment only as long as absolutely necessary for taking the sample.



Clean the surroundings of the sampling valve / sampling point carefully. This precaution prevents that dirt gets into the sample and invalidates the analysis results.



Unscrew the cap of the drain opening (1, Fig. 4).



Place a recipient for the used oil under the drain valve.



Open the valve by turning the knob counterclockwise and by holding it in this position (against the spring pressure). The oil now flows out of the outlet.

4

Fig. 4

BI015192

3 847 003.00 en

Sampling from assemblies without sampling valve Swing and travel gearboxes are not equipped with sampling valves. In swing and travel gearboxes, the oil sample must therefore be taken form the oil level checking or drain plugs.

Caterpillar Global Mining HMS recommends a sampling pump for this purpose (Fig. 5).

The pump can be supplied from the Caterpillar Global Mining HMS (CGM HMS) Service (CGM HMS part number: 1 465 079).

The method of just letting the oil flow out of the bore and catch it in a recipient cannot be recommended. The risk of contaminating the oil sample is very big in this case. 

Shut off the engines.



Protect the machine against unauthorized starting.



Clean the surroundings of the sampling point and the hose of the sampling pump carefully.

This precaution prevents that dirt gets into the sample and invalidates the analysis results.



Screw out the plug in the sampling bore and take an oil sample. Observe equally the instructions of the sampling pump manufacturer and / or of the oil laboratory.



Screw the plug back in place.



Label the oil sample, fill in the accompanying form of the oil analysis laboratory completely, pack up the oil sample carefully and send it to the laboratory.

Please make sure the oil samples can be correctly assigned in the case of assemblies of which two or more units are installed in the machine (engines, gearboxes).

Fig. 5

5

BI015192

3 847 003.00 en

Interpreting the results of the oil analysis The results of the oil analysis will be documented in a detailed report (see also "Typical laboratory reports, Specimen Form“). The report provides ample information which not only describes the condition of the analyzed oil, but which also permits drawing conclusions as to the state of the machine component.

It would nevertheless be premature to take an immediate decision as to an oil change or to other measures based on the analysis report alone. Only in very rare cases is it necessary to take action immediately. In this case, the laboratory report clearly emphasizes the need for such immediate action.

As a rule, the recommendations of the oil laboratory can only be used as an important decision aid if they are combined with your special knowledge of the working conditions of the machine.

As far as the operating conditions of your machine are concerned the following facts are of importance:

The laboratory report shown in Fig. 6 is composed of three sections:  - Statistical information concerning the oil sample,  - Diagnosis and general assessment,

 - Results of the analysis.

Ad 1.

The header of the laboratory report contains statistical data concerning the sample as such, the machine from which the sample originates, the name of the laboratory, etc.

Ad 2.

Section 2 contains a detailed general assessment and a diagnosis of the oil sample together with addtional information about possible damage and the causes of unusual analysis values.

Ad 3.

In this case, the oil sample was tested for five parameters: wear, contamination, oil condition, additives and additional results. One of the columns lists these parameters, the analyzed constituents of the oil, the tested properties and the units of measurement.

The results of the oil analysis are presented in the four remaining columns: The left column contains the result of the actual oil sample whereas the other columns show the results of the previous oil analyses for comparison. The symbols in the column header represent the overall rating of the oil sample. They have the following meaning:



Has the machine been used for other applications / load conditions than to date?



When was oil added, how much was added and wich oil grade was added (a grade different from the one already in the machine?)



Have any unusual component / assembly conditions such as vibrations, noise and heat been detected in operation?



Have any repairs been carried out on the machine?

The values are normal, everything is OK. No further action required.



Have other consumables been changed?

Continue to carry out regular oil analyses.

All these facts should be diligently and precisely documented. They may be of great importance when it comes to making the right desicion.

The decision on further measures should be taken after due and careful consideration 

of all available analysis results,



of the evolution of the analysis values and



of all known operating conditions

Taking the appropriate measures in time can presumably help to avoid costly and long-lasting repairs which are also always accompanied by the corresponding downtimes during which the machine cannot be used.

For queries please contact your oil laboratory or the Caterpillar Global Mining HMS Service.

6

A typical laboratory report

The oil analysis has yielded unusual values. Read the explanatory text on your laboratory report.

Immediate action is required. Read the explanatory text on your laboratory report.

BI015192

3 847 003.00 en

Typical laboratory report

Fig. 6

7

BI015192

3 847 003.00 en

Typical wear limits The tables on the following pages provide you with benchmark values. They help you to properly judge the values of your laboratory report.

These benchmark values are average values from oil analyses in a large number of Global Mining HMS machines over several years and of the measures taken on the basis of these results. For this reason, the values listed can be considered as "wear limit values".

The adoption of these values as wear limits presupposes, however, that the condtions under which the oil samples were taken in your machines and analyzed are the same as those mentioned in the table header.

The left column gives the parameters generally analyzed in the case of oil samples. wear, contamination, oil condition, additives and supplementary tests.

For each of these parameters the analyzed constituents of the oil, the tested properties and the units of measurement are set out in detail.

Three columns are provided for the reference limit values. For better orientation, they are marked with symbols. The symbols have the following meaning: If the values in your laboratory report correspond to those in this column or if they are lower, no further action is required. Everything is OK. Continue to carry out regular oil analyses.

If the values in your laboratory report are above those in the "green" column and reach at maximum those in this column, caution is required. Read the explanatory text on your laboratory report.

If the values in your laboratory report are above those in the "orange" column and reaching the values in this column, immediate action is required.

Read the explanatory text on your laboratory report.

8

BI015192

3 847 003.00 en

For hydraulic oil in the 6015, 6018, 6030, 6040 machines The values are only valid for following conditions:

   

Caterpillar Global Mining HMS 6015 / 6018 / 6030 / 6040 hydraulic (Tank sampling) Oil type: DIN 51 524 II HVLP 46 Long Term Hydraulic Fluid HSS Oil analysis every 500 operating hours Not more than 5.000 operating hours or 3 years oil usage

Analysis Parameter Unit Monitor

Caution

Action

10

12

15

Wear Metals Iron

Fe

mg/kg

Chromium

Cr

mg/kg

1

2

4

Tin

Sn

mg/kg

1

2

3

Aluminium

Al

mg/kg

2

3

5

Nickel

Ni

mg/kg

1

2

3

Copper

Cu

mg/kg

8

10

18

Lead

Pb

mg/kg

3

5

7

Molybdenum

Mo

mg/kg

2

4

6

PQ-Index

-

-

O.K.

32

45

Silicium

Si

mg/kg

fresh oil value +6

fresh oil value +8

fresh oil value +10

Potassium

K

mg/kg

6

8

10

Sodium

Na

mg/kg

fresh oil value +16

fresh oil value +19

fresh oil value +24

Lithium

Li

mg/kg

5

11

14

Water

H2O

W%

< 0.1

0.11

0.13

Viscosity at 40 °C

mm²/s

min 42 – max 49

min 40.5 – max 50.0

min 39 – max 51.0

Viscosity at 100 °C

mm²/s

min 8.5 – max 9.5

min 7.9 – max 9.8

min 7.5 – max 10.5

Viscosity Index VI

A/cm

min 150 – max 190 5

min 135 – max 192 10

min 120 – max 195 13

± 10 % of fresh-oil values

± 15 % of fresh-oil values

± 20 % of fresh-oil values

Contamination

Oil Condition

Oxidation Additive Metals Calcium

Ca

mg/kg

Magnesium

Mg

mg/kg

Boron

B

mg/kg

Zinc

Zn

mg/kg

Phosphorus

P

mg/kg

Barium

Ba

mg/kg

Sulphur

S

mg/kg

Additional Results Cleanliness Class

ISO 4406

19/16/13

20/17/14

22/18/15

TAN

mgKOH/g

fresh oil value -0.2 / +0.3

fresh oil value -0.2 / +0.4

fresh oil value -0.2 / +0.5

© WEARCHECK GmbH Test Wear Metals, Contamination and Additives by ICP Viscosity Oxidation by FT-IR Water by FT-IR TAN

Issued: 05/2006 Standard DIN 51 396-1, DIN 51391-3 DIN 51 562 DIN 51 453 DIN 51 451 DIN 51 558

9

BI015192

3 847 003.00 en

For hydraulic oil in 6050, 6060, 6090 machines The values are only valid for following conditions:



Caterpillar Global Mining HMS 6050 / 6060 / 6090 hydraulic (Tank sampling)  Oil type: DIN 51 524 II HVLP 46 Long Term Hydraulic Fluid HSS  Oil analysis every 500 operating hours Not more than 5.000 operating hours or 3 years oil usage

Analysis Parameter Unit Monitor

Caution

Action

8

10

12

Wear Metals Iron

Fe

mg/kg

Chromium

Cr

mg/kg

1

2

3

Tin

Sn

mg/kg

1

2

3

Aluminium

Al

mg/kg

2

3

4

Nickel

Ni

mg/kg

1

2

2

Copper

Cu

mg/kg

7

8

12

Lead

Pb

mg/kg

2

3

4

Molybdenum

Mo

mg/kg

1

2

3

PQ-Index

-

-

O.K.

30

39

Si

mg/kg

fresh oil value +6

fresh oil value +8

fresh oil value +10

Potassium

K

mg/kg

6

8

10

Sodium

Na

mg/kg

fresh oil value +16

fresh oil value +19

fresh oil value +24

Lithium

Li

mg/kg

3

5

8

Water

H2O

W%

< 0.1

0.11

0.12

Viscosity at 40 °C

mm²/s

min 42 – max 49

min 40.5 – max 50.0

min 39 – max 51.0

Viscosity at 100 °C

mm²/s

min 8.5 – max 9.5

min 7.9 – max 9.8

min 7.5 – max 10.5

Viscosity Index VI

A/cm

min 150 – max 190 5

min 135 – max 192 10

min 120 – max 195 13

± 10 % of fresh-oil values

± 15 % of fresh-oil values

± 20 % of fresh-oil values

Contamination Silicium

Oil Condition

Oxidation Additive Metals Calcium

Ca

mg/kg

Magnesium

Mg

mg/kg

Boron

B

mg/kg

Zinc

Zn

mg/kg

Phosphorus

P

mg/kg

Barium

Ba

mg/kg

Sulphur

S

mg/kg

Additional Results Cleanliness Class

ISO 4406

19/16/13

20/17/14

22/18/15

TAN

mgKOH/g

fresh oil value -0.2 / +0.3

fresh oil value -0.2 / +0.4

fresh oil value -0.2 / +0.5

© WEARCHECK GmbH Test Wear Metals, Contamination and Additives by ICP Viscosity Oxidation by FT-IR Water by FT-IR TAN

10

Issued: 05/2006 Standard DIN 51 396-1, DIN 51391-3 DIN 51 562 DIN 51 453 DIN 51 451 DIN 51 558

BI015192

3 847 003.00 en

For oil in the pump transfer gearboxes of the 6015, 6018, 6030 The values are only valid for following conditions:

   

Caterpillar Global Mining HMS 6015 / 6018 / 6030 Pump Gearbox Oil types: CLP HC DIN 51 517-3, ISO VG 100 / 220* Oil analysis every 500 operating hours Not more than 1.000 operating hours

Analysis Parameter Unit Monitor

Caution

Action

79

103

168

Wear Metals Iron

Fe

mg/kg

Chromium

Cr

mg/kg

2

3

5

Tin

Sn

mg/kg

1

2

4

Aluminium

Al

mg/kg

9

11

15

Nickel

Ni

mg/kg

1

2

4

Copper

Cu

mg/kg

16

21

32

Lead

Pb

mg/kg

5

7

13

Molybdenum

Mo

mg/kg

4

6

10

PQ-Index

-

-

98

112

151

Silicium

Si

mg/kg

26

38

47

Potassium

K

mg/kg

Sodium

Na

mg/kg

fresh oil value +20

fresh oil value +25

fresh oil value +35

Lithium

Li

mg/kg

5

12

16

Water

H2O

W%

< 0.1

0.12

0.2

Contamination

Oil Condition

(Values marked with (*) valid only for Oils meeting the ISO VG 220)

Viscosity at 40 °C Viscosity at 40 °C* Viscosity at 100 °C Viscosity at 100 °C*

mm²/s mm²/s mm²/s mm²/s

Viscosity Index VI

A/cm

Oxidation

min 92 – max 108 min 204 – max 238 ±8% of fresh-oil values

min 90 – max 110 min 198 – max 242 ± 10 % of fresh-oil values

min 85 – max 115 min 187 – max 253 ± 15 % of fresh-oil values

9

13

19

± 10 % of fresh-oil values

± 15 % of fresh-oil values

± 20 % of fresh-oil values

fresh oil value -0.2 /+0.6

fresh oil value -0.2 / +0.8

Additive Metals Calcium

Ca

mg/kg

Magnesium

Mg

mg/kg

Boron

B

mg/kg

Zinc

Zn

mg/kg

Phosphorus

P

mg/kg

Barium

Ba

mg/kg

Sulphur

S

mg/kg

Additional Results TAN

mgKOH/g

© WEARCHECK GmbH Test Wear Metals, Contamination and Additives by ICP Viscosity Oxidation by FT-IR Water by FT-IR TAN

fresh oil value -0.2 / +1.2 Issued: 07/2006

Standard DIN 51 396-1, DIN 51391-3 DIN 51 562 DIN 51 453 DIN 51 451 DIN 51 558

11

BI015192

3 847 003.00 en

For oil in the pump transfer gearboxes of the 6040, 6050, 6060 The values are only valid for following conditions:

   

Global Mining HMS 6040 / 6050 / 6060 Pump Gearbox Oil types: CLP HC DIN 51 517-3, ISO VG 100 / 220* Oil analysis every 500 operating hours Not more than 1.000 operating hours

Analysis Parameter Unit Monitor

Caution

Action

49

73

143

Wear Metals Iron

Fe

mg/kg

Chromium

Cr

mg/kg

1

2

4

Tin

Sn

mg/kg

1

2

3

Aluminium

Al

mg/kg

5

7

10

Nickel

Ni

mg/kg

0

1

3

Copper

Cu

mg/kg

8

15

22

Lead

Pb

mg/kg

3

5

8

Molybdenum

Mo

mg/kg

2

4

7

PQ-Index

-

-

55

70

110

Silicium

Si

mg/kg

25

34

44

Potassium

K

mg/kg

Sodium

Na

mg/kg

fresh oil value +20

fresh oil value +25

fresh oil value +35

Lithium

Li

mg/kg

5

12

16

Water

H2O

W%

< 0.1

0.12

0.18

Contamination

Oil Condition

(Values marked with (*) valid only for Oils meeting the ISO VG 220)

Viscosity at 40 °C Viscosity at 40 °C* Viscosity at 100 °C Viscosity at 100 °C*

mm²/s mm²/s mm²/s mm²/s

Viscosity Index VI

A/cm

Oxidation

min 92 – max 108 min 204 – max 238 ±8% of fresh-oil values

min 90 – max 110 min 198 – max 242 ± 10 % of fresh-oil values

min 85 – max 115 min 187 – max 253 ± 15 % of fresh-oil values

9

13

19

± 10 % of fresh-oil values

± 15 % of fresh-oil values

± 20 % of fresh-oil values

fresh oil value -0.2 /+0.5

fresh oil value -0.2 / +0.7

Additive Metals Calcium

Ca

mg/kg

Magnesium

Mg

mg/kg

Boron

B

mg/kg

Zinc

Zn

mg/kg

Phosphorus

P

mg/kg

Barium

Ba

mg/kg

Sulphur

S

mg/kg

Additional Results TAN

mgKOH/g

© WEARCHECK GmbH Test Wear Metals, Contamination and Additives by ICP Viscosity Oxidation by FT-IR Water by FT-IR TAN

12

fresh oil value -0.2 / +1.0 Issued: 07/2006

Standard DIN 51 396-1, DIN 51391-3 DIN 51 562 DIN 51 453 DIN 51 451 DIN 51 558

BI015192

3 847 003.00 en

For oil in the pump transfer gearboxes of the 6090 The values are only valid for following conditions:

   

Caterpillar Global Mining HMS 6090 Pump Gearbox Oil types: CLP HC DIN 51 517-3, ISO VG 100 / 220* Oil analysis every 500 operating hours Not more than 1.000 operating hours

Analysis Parameter Unit Monitor

Caution

Action

38

61

115

Wear Metals Iron

Fe

mg/kg

Chromium

Cr

mg/kg

1

2

3

Tin

Sn

mg/kg

1

2

4

Aluminium

Al

mg/kg

3

5

9

Nickel

Ni

mg/kg

0

1

3

Copper

Cu

mg/kg

6

12

18

Lead

Pb

mg/kg

2

3

6

Molybdenum

Mo

mg/kg

1

2

4

PQ-Index

-

-

39

55

101

Silicium

Si

mg/kg

23

32

43

Potassium

K

mg/kg

Sodium

Na

mg/kg

fresh oil value +18

fresh oil value +23

fresh oil value +30

Lithium

Li

mg/kg

5

12

16

Water

H2O

W%

< 0.1

0.11

0.16

Contamination

Oil Condition

(Values marked with (*) valid only for Oils meeting the ISO VG 220)

Viscosity at 40 °C Viscosity at 40 °C* Viscosity at 100 °C Viscosity at 100 °C*

mm²/s mm²/s mm²/s mm²/s

Viscosity Index VI

A/cm

Oxidation

min 92 – max 108 min 204 – max 238 ±8% of fresh-oil values

min 90 – max 110 min 198 – max 242 ± 10 % of fresh-oil values

min 85 – max 115 min 187 – max 253 ± 15 % of fresh-oil values

9

13

19

± 10 % of fresh-oil values

± 15 % of fresh-oil values

± 20 % of fresh-oil values

fresh oil value -0.2 /+0.4

fresh oil value -0.2 / +0.6

Additive Metals Calcium

Ca

mg/kg

Magnesium

Mg

mg/kg

Boron

B

mg/kg

Zinc

Zn

mg/kg

Phosphorus

P

mg/kg

Barium

Ba

mg/kg

Sulphur

S

mg/kg

Additional Results TAN

mgKOH/g

© WEARCHECK GmbH Test Wear Metals, Contamination and Additives by ICP Viscosity Oxidation by FT-IR Water by FT-IR TAN

fresh oil value -0.2 / +0.9 Issued: 07/2006

Standard DIN 51 396-1, DIN 51391-3 DIN 51 562 DIN 51 453 DIN 51 451 DIN 51 558

13

BI015192

3 847 003.00 en

For oil in the swing gearboxes of the 6015 - 6090 The values are only valid for following conditions:

   

Caterpillar Global Mining HMS 6015 - 6090 Swing Gearbox Oil types: CLP HC DIN 51 517-3, ISO VG 220 / 320 Oil analysis every 500 operating hours Not more than 1.000 operating hours

Analysis Parameter Unit Monitor

Caution

Action

Wear Metals Iron

Fe

mg/kg

44

76

141

Chromium

Cr

mg/kg

1

2

4

Tin

Sn

mg/kg

1

2

3

Aluminium

Al

mg/kg

3

5

9

Nickel

Ni

mg/kg

0

1

3

Copper

Cu

mg/kg

8

16

22

Lead

Pb

mg/kg

2

4

9

Molybdenum

Mo

mg/kg

1

3

6

PQ-Index

-

-

49

71

116

Silicium

Si

mg/kg

19

31

48

Potassium

K

mg/kg

Sodium

Na

mg/kg

fresh oil value +18

fresh oil value +23

fresh oil value +30

Lithium

Li

mg/kg

5

12

16

Water

H2O

W%

< 0.1

0.11

0.16

Contamination

Oil Condition

(Values marked with (*) valid for Renolin Unisyn CLP 320) mm²/s mm²/s mm²/s A/cm

Viscosity at 40 °C Viscosity at 100 °C Viscosity Index VI Viscosity at 100 °C* Viscosity Index VI* Oxidation

min 310 – max 341 min 23.4 – max 25.1 min 95 – max 105 min 28.7 – max 33.2* min 125 – max 139* 9

min 305 – max 349 min 22.8 – max 25.9 min 93 – max 110 min 27.9 – max 33.9* min 121 – max 144* 13

min 299 – max 359 min 22.3 – max 26.6 min 90 – max 116 min 27.0 – max 34.6* min 117 – max 149* 19

± 10 % of fresh-oil values

± 15 % of fresh-oil values

± 20 % of fresh-oil values

fresh oil value -0.2 /+0.4

fresh oil value -0.2 / +0.6

Additive Elements Calcium

Ca

mg/kg

Magnesium

Mg

mg/kg

Boron

B

mg/kg

Zinc

Zn

mg/kg

Phosphorus

P

mg/kg

Barium

Ba

mg/kg

Sulphur

S

mg/kg

Additional Results TAN

mgKOH/g

© WEARCHECK GmbH Test Wear Metals, Contamination and Additives by ICP Viscosity Oxidation by FT-IR Water by FT-IR TAN

14

fresh oil value -0.2 / +0.9 Issued: 05/2006

Standard DIN 51 396-1, DIN 51391-3 DIN 51 562 DIN 51 453 DIN 51 451 DIN 51 558

BI015192

3 847 003.00 en

For oil in the travel gearboxes of the 6015, 6018 The values are only valid for following conditions:

    

Caterpillar Global Mining HMS 6015 / 6018 Travel Gearbox Oil type: CLP HC DIN 51 517-3, ISO VG 220 Oil analysis every 500 operating hours Not more than 5.000 operating hours Travel Gearboxes include wet brakes

Analysis Parameter Unit Monitor

Caution

Action

101

173

244

Wear Metals Iron

Fe

mg/kg

Chromium

Cr

mg/kg

1

3

5

Tin

Sn

mg/kg

2

6

9

Aluminium*

Al

mg/kg

15*

28*

45*

Nickel

Ni

mg/kg

1

2

3

Copper

Cu

mg/kg

18

27

38

Lead

Pb

mg/kg

4

9

12

Molybdenum

Mo

mg/kg

3

7

12

PQ-Index

-

-

92

128

188

Si

mg/kg

23

30

50

fresh oil value +18

fresh oil value +23

fresh oil value +30

Contamination Silicium Potassium

K

mg/kg

Sodium

Na

mg/kg

Lithium

Li

mg/kg

5

12

16

Water

H2O

W%

< 0.1

0.12

0.14

Viscosity at 40 °C

mm²/s

min 130 – max 147

min 125 – max 149

min 122 – max 159.5

Viscosity at 100 °C

mm²/s

min 13.5 – max 15.1

min 13.2 – max 15.9

min 12.9 – max 16.8

Viscosity Index VI

A/cm

min 98 – max 110 9

min 93 – max 115 13

min 90 – max 118 19

± 10 % of fresh-oil values

± 15 % of fresh-oil values

± 20 % of fresh-oil values

fresh oil value -0.2 /+0.6

fresh oil value -0.2 / +0.8

Oil Condition

Oxidation Additive Elements Calcium

Ca

mg/kg

Magnesium

Mg

mg/kg

Boron

B

mg/kg

Zinc

Zn

mg/kg

Phosphorus

P

mg/kg

Barium

Ba

mg/kg

Sulphur

S

mg/kg

Additional Results TAN

mgKOH/g

© WEARCHECK GmbH

fresh oil value -0.2 / +1.2 Issued: 05/2006

* values depend on the material of wet brakes Test Wear Metals, Contamination and Additives by ICP Viscosity Oxidation by FT-IR Water by FT-IR TAN

Standard DIN 51 396-1, DIN 51391-3 DIN 51 562 DIN 51 453 DIN 51 451 DIN 51 558

15

BI015192

3 847 003.00 en

For oil in the travel gearboxes of the 6030, 6040, 6060 The values are only valid for following conditions:

    

Caterpillar Global Mining HMS 6030 / 6040 / 6060 Travel Gearbox Oil type: CLP HC DIN 51 517-3, ISO VG 220 Oil analysis every 500 operating hours Not more than 5.000 operating hours Travel Gearboxes include wet brakes

Analysis Parameter Unit Monitor

Caution

Action

Wear Metals Iron

Fe

mg/kg

81

121

193

Chromium

Cr

mg/kg

1

2

4

Tin

Sn

mg/kg

2

5

7

Aluminium*

Al

mg/kg

14*

17*

38*

Nickel

Ni

mg/kg

1

2

3

Copper

Cu

mg/kg

14

19

24

Lead

Pb

mg/kg

3

7

9

Molybdenum

Mo

mg/kg

2

5

9

PQ-Index

-

-

59

98

154

16

24

38

fresh oil value +18

fresh oil value +23

fresh oil value +30

Contamination Silicium

Si

mg/kg

Potassium

K

mg/kg

Sodium

Na

mg/kg

Lithium

Li

mg/kg

5

12

16

Water

H2O

W%

< 0.1

0.12

0.14

Viscosity at 40 °C

mm²/s

min 130 – max 147

min 125 – max 149

min 122 – max 159.5

Viscosity at 100 °C

mm²/s

min 13.5 – max 15.1

min 13.2 – max 15.9

min 12.9 – max 16.8

Viscosity Index VI

A/cm

min 98 – max 110 9

min 93 – max 115 13

min 90 – max 118 19

± 10 % of fresh-oil values

± 15 % of fresh-oil values

± 20 % of fresh-oil values

fresh oil value -0,2 /+0.5

fresh oil value -0,2 / +0.7

Oil Condition

Oxidation Additive Elements Calcium

Ca

mg/kg

Magnesium

Mg

mg/kg

Boron

B

mg/kg

Zinc

Zn

mg/kg

Phosphorus

P

mg/kg

Barium

Ba

mg/kg

Sulphur

S

mg/kg

Additional Results TAN

mgKOH/g

© WEARCHECK GmbH

Issued: 05/2006

* values depend on the material of wet brakes Test Wear Metals, Contamination and Additives by ICP Viscosity Oxidation by FT-IR Water by FT-IR TAN

16

fresh oil value -0,2 / +1.0

Standard DIN 51 396-1, DIN 51391-3 DIN 51 562 DIN 51 453 DIN 51 451 DIN 51 558

BI015192

3 847 003.00 en

For oil in the travel gearboxes of the 6050, 6090 The values are only valid  Caterpillar Global Mining HMS 6050 / 6090 Travel Gearbox  Oil type: CLP HC DIN 51 517-3, ISO VG 220 for following conditions  Oil analysis every 500 operating hours  Not more than 5.000 operating hours  Travel Gearboxes include wet brakes Analysis Parameter Unit Monitor

Caution

Action

61

104

165

Wear Metals Iron

Fe

mg/kg

Chromium

Cr

mg/kg

1

2

4

Tin

Sn

mg/kg

2

5

7

Aluminium*

Al

mg/kg

14*

27*

41*

Nickel

Ni

mg/kg

1

2

3

Copper

Cu

mg/kg

12

16

21

Lead

Pb

mg/kg

3

6

8

Molybdenum

Mo

mg/kg

2

5

8

PQ-Index

-

-

53

96

144

Si

mg/kg

13

21

32

fresh oil value +12

fresh oil value +18

fresh oil value +25

Contamination Silicium Potassium

K

mg/kg

Sodium

Na

mg/kg

Lithium

Li

mg/kg

5

12

16

Water

H2O

W%

< 0.1

0.12

0.14

Viscosity at 40 °C

mm²/s

min 130 – max 147

min 125 – max 149

min 122 – max 159.5

Viscosity at 100 °C

mm²/s

min 13.5 – max 15.1

min 13.2 – max 15.9

min 12.9 – max 16.8

Viscosity Index VI

A/cm

min 98 – max 110 9

min 93 – max 115 13

min 90 – max 118 19

± 10 % of fresh-oil values

± 15 % of fresh-oil values

± 20 % of fresh-oil values

fresh oil value -0.2 /+0.4

fresh oil value -0.2 / +0.6

Oil Condition

Oxidation Additive Elements Calcium

Ca

mg/kg

Magnesium

Mg

mg/kg

Boron

B

mg/kg

Zinc

Zn

mg/kg

Phosphorus

P

mg/kg

Barium

Ba

mg/kg

Sulphur

S

mg/kg

Additional Results TAN

mgKOH/g

© WEARCHECK GmbH

fresh oil value -0.2 / +0.9 Issued: 05/2006

* values depend on the material of wet brakes Test Wear Metals, Contamination and Additives by ICP Viscosity Oxidation by FT-IR Water by FT-IR TAN

Standard DIN 51 396-1, DIN 51391-3 DIN 51 562 DIN 51 453 DIN 51 451 DIN 51 558

17

BI015192

3 847 003.00 en

Notes

18

BI015192

3 847 003.00 en

19

BI015192

© Copyright Caterpillar Global Mining HMS GmbH 2013

The reproduction, distribution and utilization of this manual / file as well as the communication of its content to others without express authorization is prohibited.

Offenders will be held liable for the payment of damages. All rights reserved in the event of the grant of a patent, utility model or design.

Printed in Germany